imbue .diff/Index parsing with C.UTF-8 as well

[apt.git] / doc / po / apt-doc.pot

# Translation of apt manpages and documentation to LANGUAGE
# This file is distributed under the same license as the apt-doc package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: apt-doc 1.3~exp3\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-06-22 14:50+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<!ENTITY apt-author.team \"\n"
"   <author>\n"
"    <othername>APT team</othername>\n"
"    <contrib></contrib>\n"
"   </author>\n"
"\">\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<!ENTITY apt-qapage \"\n"
"\t<para>\n"
"\t\t<ulink url='http://packages.qa.debian.org/a/apt.html'>QA Page</ulink>\n"
"\t</para>\n"
"\">\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<!-- Boiler plate Bug reporting section -->\n"
"<!ENTITY manbugs \"\n"
" <refsect1><title>Bugs</title>\n"
"   <para><ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/src:apt'>APT bug page</ulink>.\n"
"   If you wish to report a bug in APT, please see\n"
"   <filename>/usr/share/doc/debian/bug-reporting.txt</filename> or the\n"
"   &reportbug; command.\n"
"   </para>\n"
" </refsect1>\n"
"\">\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<!-- Boiler plate Author section -->\n"
"<!ENTITY manauthor \"\n"
" <refsect1><title>Author</title>\n"
"   <para>APT was written by the APT team "
"<email>apt@packages.debian.org</email>.\n"
"   </para>\n"
" </refsect1>\n"
"\">\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<!-- Should be used within the option section of the text to\n"
"     put in the blurb about -h, -v, -c and -o -->\n"
"<!ENTITY apt-commonoptions \"\n"
"     <varlistentry><term><option>-h</option></term>\n"
"     <term><option>--help</option></term>\n"
"     <listitem><para>Show a short usage summary.\n"
"     </para>\n"
"     </listitem>\n"
"     </varlistentry>\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"     <varlistentry>\n"
"      <term><option>-v</option></term>\n"
"      <term><option>--version</option></term>\n"
"      <listitem><para>Show the program version.\n"
"     </para>\n"
"     </listitem>\n"
"     </varlistentry>\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"     <varlistentry>\n"
"      <term><option>-c</option></term>\n"
"      <term><option>--config-file</option></term>\n"
"     <listitem><para>Configuration File; Specify a configuration file to "
"use. \n"
"     The program will read the default configuration file and then this \n"
"     configuration file. If configuration settings need to be set before "
"the\n"
"     default configuration files are parsed specify a file with the "
"<envar>APT_CONFIG</envar>\n"
"     environment variable. See &apt-conf; for syntax information.\n"
"     </para>\n"
"     </listitem>\n"
"     </varlistentry>\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"     <varlistentry>\n"
"      <term><option>-o</option></term>\n"
"      <term><option>--option</option></term>\n"
"     <listitem><para>Set a Configuration Option; This will set an "
"arbitrary\n"
"      configuration option. The syntax is <option>-o "
"Foo::Bar=bar</option>.\n"
"      <option>-o</option> and <option>--option</option> can be used "
"multiple\n"
"      times to set different options.\n"
"     </para>\n"
"     </listitem>\n"
"     </varlistentry>\n"
"\">\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<!-- Should be used within the option section of the text to\n"
"     put in the blurb about -h, -v, -c and -o -->\n"
"<!ENTITY apt-cmdblurb \"\n"
"   <para>All command line options may be set using the configuration file, "
"the\n"
"   descriptions indicate the configuration option to set. For boolean\n"
"   options you can override the config file by using something like \n"
"   <option>-f-</option>,<option>--no-f</option>, <option>-f=no</option>\n"
"   or several other variations.\n"
"   </para>\n"
"\">\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<!ENTITY file-aptconf \"\n"
"     <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename></term>\n"
"     <listitem><para>APT configuration file.\n"
"     Configuration Item: "
"<literal>Dir::Etc::Main</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
"     </varlistentry>\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"     <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/</filename></term>\n"
"     <listitem><para>APT configuration file fragments.\n"
"     Configuration Item: "
"<literal>Dir::Etc::Parts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
"     </varlistentry>\n"
"\">\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<!ENTITY file-cachearchives \"\n"
"     <varlistentry><term><filename>&cachedir;/archives/</filename></term>\n"
"     <listitem><para>Storage area for retrieved package files.\n"
"     Configuration Item: "
"<literal>Dir::Cache::Archives</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
"     </varlistentry>\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"     "
"<varlistentry><term><filename>&cachedir;/archives/partial/</filename></term>\n"
"     <listitem><para>Storage area for package files in transit.\n"
"     Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::Cache::Archives</literal> "
"(<filename>partial</filename> will be implicitly "
"appended)</para></listitem>\n"
"     </varlistentry>\n"
"\">\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<!ENTITY file-preferences \"\n"
"     <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename></term>\n"
"     <listitem><para>Version preferences file.\n"
"     This is where you would specify &quot;pinning&quot;,\n"
"     i.e. a preference to get certain packages\n"
"     from a separate source\n"
"     or from a different version of a distribution.\n"
"     Configuration Item: "
"<literal>Dir::Etc::Preferences</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
"     </varlistentry>\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"     "
"<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/preferences.d/</filename></term>\n"
"     <listitem><para>File fragments for the version preferences.\n"
"     Configuration Item: "
"<literal>Dir::Etc::PreferencesParts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
"     </varlistentry>\n"
"\">\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<!ENTITY file-sourceslist \"\n"
"     <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename></term>\n"
"     <listitem><para>Locations to fetch packages from.\n"
"     Configuration Item: "
"<literal>Dir::Etc::SourceList</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
"     </varlistentry>\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"     "
"<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d/</filename></term>\n"
"     <listitem><para>File fragments for locations to fetch packages from.\n"
"     Configuration Item: "
"<literal>Dir::Etc::SourceParts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
"     </varlistentry>\n"
"\">\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<!ENTITY file-statelists \"\n"
"     <varlistentry><term><filename>&statedir;/lists/</filename></term>\n"
"     <listitem><para>Storage area for state information for each package "
"resource specified in\n"
"     &sources-list;\n"
"     Configuration Item: "
"<literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
"     </varlistentry>\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"     "
"<varlistentry><term><filename>&statedir;/lists/partial/</filename></term>\n"
"     <listitem><para>Storage area for state information in transit.\n"
"     Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> "
"(<filename>partial</filename> will be implicitly "
"appended)</para></listitem>\n"
"     </varlistentry>\n"
"\">\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<!ENTITY file-trustedgpg \"\n"
"     <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/trusted.gpg</filename></term>\n"
"     <listitem><para>Keyring of local trusted keys, new keys will be added "
"here.\n"
"     Configuration Item: "
"<literal>Dir::Etc::Trusted</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
"     </varlistentry>\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"     "
"<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/trusted.gpg.d/</filename></term>\n"
"     <listitem><para>File fragments for the trusted keys, additional "
"keyrings can\n"
"     be stored here (by other packages or the administrator).\n"
"     Configuration Item "
"<literal>Dir::Etc::TrustedParts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
"     </varlistentry>\n"
"\">\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<!ENTITY file-extended_states \"\n"
"      "
"<varlistentry><term><filename>/var/lib/apt/extended_states</filename></term>\n"
"      <listitem><para>Status list of auto-installed packages.\n"
"      Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::State::extended_states</literal>.\n"
"      </para></listitem>\n"
"      </varlistentry>\n"
"\">\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<!-- TRANSLATOR: This is the section header for the following paragraphs - "
"comparable\n"
"     to the other headers like NAME and DESCRIPTION and should therefore be "
"uppercase. -->\n"
"<!ENTITY translation-title \"TRANSLATION\">\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<!-- TRANSLATOR: This is a placeholder. You should write here who has "
"contributed\n"
"     to the translation in the past, who is responsible now and maybe "
"further information\n"
"     specially related to your translation. -->\n"
"<!ENTITY translation-holder \"\n"
"     The english translation was done by John Doe "
"<email>john@doe.org</email> in 2009,\n"
"     2010 and Daniela Acme <email>daniela@acme.us</email> in 2010 together "
"with the\n"
"     Debian Dummy l10n Team "
"<email>debian-l10n-dummy@lists.debian.org</email>.\n"
"\">\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<!-- TRANSLATOR: As a translation is allowed to have 20% of "
"untranslated/fuzzy strings\n"
"     in a shipped manpage newer/modified paragraphs will maybe appear in "
"english in\n"
"     the generated manpage. This sentence is therefore here to tell the "
"reader that this\n"
"     is not a mistake by the translator - obviously the target is that at "
"least for stable\n"
"     releases this sentence is not needed. :) -->\n"
"<!ENTITY translation-english \"\n"
"     Note that this translated document may contain untranslated parts.\n"
"     This is done on purpose, to avoid losing content when the\n"
"     translation is lagging behind the original content.\n"
"\">\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
msgid ""
"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string "
"e.g. -o=Debug::pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string "
"\"config_string\">"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
msgid ""
"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -c=config_file e.g. -c=./apt.conf --> <!ENTITY "
"synopsis-config-file \"config_file\">"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
msgid ""
"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release "
"e.g. -t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release "
"\"target_release\">"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
msgid ""
"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -a=architecture e.g. -a=armel --> <!ENTITY "
"synopsis-architecture \"architecture\">"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
msgid ""
"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-get install pkg e.g. apt-get install awesome "
"--> <!ENTITY synopsis-pkg \"pkg\">"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
msgid ""
"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in pkg=pkg_version_number e.g. apt=0.8.15 --> "
"<!ENTITY synopsis-pkg-ver-number \"pkg_version_number\">"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
msgid ""
"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cache pkgnames prefix e.g. apt-cache "
"pkgnames apt --> <!ENTITY synopsis-prefix \"prefix\">"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
msgid ""
"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cache search regex e.g. apt-cache search "
"awesome --> <!ENTITY synopsis-regex \"regex\">"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
msgid ""
"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom "
"-d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
msgid ""
"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-extracttemplates -t=temporary_directory "
"e.g. apt-extracttemplates -t=/tmp --> <!ENTITY synopsis-tmp-directory "
"\"temporary_directory\">"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
msgid ""
"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-extracttemplates filename --> <!ENTITY "
"synopsis-filename \"filename\">"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
msgid ""
"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
"packages path override-file pathprefix --> <!ENTITY synopsis-path \"path\">"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
msgid ""
"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
"packages path override-file pathprefix --> <!ENTITY synopsis-override "
"\"override-file\">"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
msgid ""
"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
"packages path override-file pathprefix --> <!ENTITY synopsis-pathprefix "
"\"pathprefix\">"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
msgid ""
"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
"generate section --> <!ENTITY synopsis-section \"section\">"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: apt.ent:1
msgid ""
"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-key export keyid e.g. apt-key export "
"473041FA --> <!ENTITY synopsis-keyid \"keyid\">"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
#: apt.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-key.8.xml:1
#: apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-secure.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
msgid "8"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
#: apt.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-key.8.xml:1
#: apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-secure.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 sources.list.5.xml:1
#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "APT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: apt.8.xml:1
msgid "command-line interface"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-key.8.xml:1
#: apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-secure.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 sources.list.5.xml:1
#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<command>apt</command> provides a high-level commandline interface for the "
"package management system. It is intended as an end user interface and "
"enables some options better suited for interactive usage by default compared "
"to more specialized APT tools like &apt-get; and &apt-cache;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Much like <command>apt</command> itself, its manpage is intended as an end "
"user interface and as such only mentions the most used commands and options "
"partly to not duplicate information in multiple places and partly to avoid "
"overwhelming readers with a cornucopia of options and details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1
msgid "(&apt-get;)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<option>update</option> is used to download package information from all "
"configured sources. Other commands operate on this data to e.g. perform "
"package upgrades or search in and display details about all packages "
"available for installation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<option>upgrade</option> is used to install available upgrades of all "
"packages currently installed on the system from the sources configured via "
"&sources-list;. New packages will be installed if required to statisfy "
"dependencies, but existing packages will never be removed. If an upgrade for "
"a package requires the remove of an installed package the upgrade for this "
"package isn't performed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>full-upgrade</literal> performs the function of upgrade but will "
"remove currently installed packages if this is needed to upgrade the system "
"as a whole."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1
msgid ","
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Performs the requested action on one or more packages specified via &regex;, "
"&glob; or exact match. The requested action can be overridden for specific "
"packages by append a plus (+) to the package name to install this package or "
"a minus (-) to remove it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"A specific version of a package can be selected for installation by "
"following the package name with an equals (=) and the version of the package "
"to select. Alternatively the version from a specific release can be selected "
"by following the package name with a forward slash (/) and codename "
"(&debian-stable-codename;, &debian-testing-codename;, sid …) or suite name "
"(stable, testing, unstable). This will also select versions from this "
"release for dependencies of this package if needed to satisfy the request."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Removing a package removes all packaged data, but leaves usually small "
"(modified) user configuration files behind, in case the remove was an "
"accident. Just issuing an installation request for the accidentally removed "
"package will restore its function as before in that case. On the other hand "
"you can get rid of these leftovers by calling <command>purge</command> even "
"on already removed packages. Note that this does not affect any data or "
"configuration stored in your home directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>autoremove</literal> is used to remove packages that were "
"automatically installed to satisfy dependencies for other packages and are "
"now no longer needed as dependencies changed or the package(s)  needing them "
"were removed in the meantime."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"You should check that the list does not include applications you have grown "
"to like even though they were once installed just as a dependency of another "
"package. You can mark such a package as manually installed by using "
"&apt-mark;. Packages which you have installed explicitly via "
"<command>install</command> are also never proposed for automatic removal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1
msgid "(&apt-cache;)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<option>search</option> can be used to search for the given &regex; term(s) "
"in the list of available packages and display matches.  This can e.g. be "
"useful if you are looking for packages having a specific feature.  If you "
"are looking for a package including a specific file try &apt-file;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Show information about the given package(s) including its dependencies, "
"installation and download size, sources the package is available from, the "
"description of the packages content and much more. It can e.g. be helpful to "
"look at this information before allowing &apt; to remove a package or while "
"searching for new packages to install."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1
msgid "(work-in-progress)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<option>list</option> is somewhat similar to <command>dpkg-query "
"--list</command> in that it can display a list of packages satisfying "
"certain criteria.  It supports &glob; patterns for matching package names as "
"well as options to list installed (<option>--installed</option>), "
"upgradeable (<option>--upgradeable</option>) or all available "
"(<option>--all-versions</option>) versions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>edit-sources</literal> lets you edit your &sources-list; files in "
"your preferred texteditor while also providing basic sanity checks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt.8.xml:1
msgid "Script Usage and Differences from Other APT Tools"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"The &apt; commandline is designed as an end-user tool and it may change "
"behavior between versions. While it tries not to break backward "
"compatibility this is not guaranteed either if a change seems beneficial for "
"interactive use."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"All features of &apt; are available in dedicated APT tools like &apt-get; "
"and &apt-cache; as well.  &apt; just changes the default value of some "
"options (see &apt-conf; and specifically the Binary scope). So you should "
"prefer using these commands (potentially with some additional options "
"enabled) in your scripts as they keep backward compatibility as much as "
"possible."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-key.8.xml:1
#: apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-secure.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 sources.list.5.xml:1
#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "See Also"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"&apt-get;, &apt-cache;, &sources-list;, &apt-conf;, &apt-config;, The APT "
"User's guide in &guidesdir;, &apt-preferences;, the APT Howto."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-mark.8.xml:1
#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
#: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "Diagnostics"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<command>apt</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 on "
"error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid "APT package handling utility -- command-line interface"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<command>apt-get</command> is the command-line tool for handling packages, "
"and may be considered the user's \"back-end\" to other tools using the APT "
"library.  Several \"front-end\" interfaces exist, such as &aptitude;, "
"&synaptic; and &wajig;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Unless the <option>-h</option>, or <option>--help</option> option is given, "
"one of the commands below must be present."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>update</literal> is used to resynchronize the package index files "
"from their sources. The indexes of available packages are fetched from the "
"location(s) specified in <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>.  For "
"example, when using a Debian archive, this command retrieves and scans the "
"<filename>Packages.gz</filename> files, so that information about new and "
"updated packages is available. An <literal>update</literal> should always be "
"performed before an <literal>upgrade</literal> or "
"<literal>dist-upgrade</literal>. Please be aware that the overall progress "
"meter will be incorrect as the size of the package files cannot be known in "
"advance."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>upgrade</literal> is used to install the newest versions of all "
"packages currently installed on the system from the sources enumerated in "
"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Packages currently installed "
"with new versions available are retrieved and upgraded; under no "
"circumstances are currently installed packages removed, or packages not "
"already installed retrieved and installed. New versions of currently "
"installed packages that cannot be upgraded without changing the install "
"status of another package will be left at their current version. An "
"<literal>update</literal> must be performed first so that "
"<command>apt-get</command> knows that new versions of packages are "
"available."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> in addition to performing the function of "
"<literal>upgrade</literal>, also intelligently handles changing dependencies "
"with new versions of packages; <command>apt-get</command> has a \"smart\" "
"conflict resolution system, and it will attempt to upgrade the most "
"important packages at the expense of less important ones if necessary.  The "
"<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> command may therefore remove some packages.  "
"The <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> file contains a list of "
"locations from which to retrieve desired package files.  See also "
"&apt-preferences; for a mechanism for overriding the general settings for "
"individual packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>dselect-upgrade</literal> is used in conjunction with the "
"traditional Debian packaging front-end, "
"&dselect;. <literal>dselect-upgrade</literal> follows the changes made by "
"&dselect; to the <literal>Status</literal> field of available packages, and "
"performs the actions necessary to realize that state (for instance, the "
"removal of old and the installation of new packages)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>install</literal> is followed by one or more packages desired for "
"installation or upgrading.  Each package is a package name, not a fully "
"qualified filename (for instance, in a Debian system, "
"<package>apt-utils</package> would be the argument provided, not "
"<filename>apt-utils_&apt-product-version;_amd64.deb</filename>). All "
"packages required by the package(s) specified for installation will also be "
"retrieved and installed.  The <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> "
"file is used to locate the desired packages. If a hyphen is appended to the "
"package name (with no intervening space), the identified package will be "
"removed if it is installed.  Similarly a plus sign can be used to designate "
"a package to install. These latter features may be used to override "
"decisions made by apt-get's conflict resolution system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"A specific version of a package can be selected for installation by "
"following the package name with an equals and the version of the package to "
"select. This will cause that version to be located and selected for "
"install. Alternatively a specific distribution can be selected by following "
"the package name with a slash and the version of the distribution or the "
"Archive name (stable, testing, unstable)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Both of the version selection mechanisms can downgrade packages and must be "
"used with care."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"This is also the target to use if you want to upgrade one or more "
"already-installed packages without upgrading every package you have on your "
"system. Unlike the \"upgrade\" target, which installs the newest version of "
"all currently installed packages, \"install\" will install the newest "
"version of only the package(s)  specified. Simply provide the name of the "
"package(s) you wish to upgrade, and if a newer version is available, it (and "
"its dependencies, as described above) will be downloaded and installed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Finally, the &apt-preferences; mechanism allows you to create an alternative "
"installation policy for individual packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"If no package matches the given expression and the expression contains one "
"of '.', '?' or '*' then it is assumed to be a POSIX regular expression, and "
"it is applied to all package names in the database. Any matches are then "
"installed (or removed). Note that matching is done by substring so 'lo.*' "
"matches 'how-lo' and 'lowest'. If this is undesired, anchor the regular "
"expression with a '^' or '$' character, or create a more specific regular "
"expression."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>remove</literal> is identical to <literal>install</literal> except "
"that packages are removed instead of installed. Note that removing a package "
"leaves its configuration files on the system. If a plus sign is appended to "
"the package name (with no intervening space), the identified package will be "
"installed instead of removed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>purge</literal> is identical to <literal>remove</literal> except "
"that packages are removed and purged (any configuration files are deleted "
"too)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>source</literal> causes <command>apt-get</command> to fetch source "
"packages. APT will examine the available packages to decide which source "
"package to fetch. It will then find and download into the current directory "
"the newest available version of that source package while respecting the "
"default release, set with the option "
"<literal>APT::Default-Release</literal>, the <option>-t</option> option or "
"per package with the <literal>pkg/release</literal> syntax, if possible."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Source packages are tracked separately from binary packages via "
"<literal>deb-src</literal> lines in the &sources-list; file. This means that "
"you will need to add such a line for each repository you want to get sources "
"from; otherwise you will probably get either the wrong (too old/too new) "
"source versions or none at all."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"If the <option>--compile</option> option is specified then the package will "
"be compiled to a binary .deb using <command>dpkg-buildpackage</command> for "
"the architecture as defined by the <command>--host-architecture</command> "
"option.  If <option>--download-only</option> is specified then the source "
"package will not be unpacked."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"A specific source version can be retrieved by postfixing the source name "
"with an equals and then the version to fetch, similar to the mechanism used "
"for the package files. This enables exact matching of the source package "
"name and version, implicitly enabling the "
"<literal>APT::Get::Only-Source</literal> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Note that source packages are not installed and tracked in the "
"<command>dpkg</command> database like binary packages; they are simply "
"downloaded to the current directory, like source tarballs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>build-dep</literal> causes apt-get to install/remove packages in an "
"attempt to satisfy the build dependencies for a source package. By default "
"the dependencies are satisfied to build the package natively. If desired a "
"host-architecture can be specified with the "
"<option>--host-architecture</option> option instead."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>check</literal> is a diagnostic tool; it updates the package cache "
"and checks for broken dependencies."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>download</literal> will download the given binary package into the "
"current directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>clean</literal> clears out the local repository of retrieved "
"package files. It removes everything but the lock file from "
"<filename>&cachedir;/archives/</filename> and "
"<filename>&cachedir;/archives/partial/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid "(and the"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid "alias since 1.1)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Like <literal>clean</literal>, <literal>autoclean</literal> clears out the "
"local repository of retrieved package files. The difference is that it only "
"removes package files that can no longer be downloaded, and are largely "
"useless. This allows a cache to be maintained over a long period without it "
"growing out of control. The configuration option "
"<literal>APT::Clean-Installed</literal> will prevent installed packages from "
"being erased if it is set to off."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>autoremove</literal> is used to remove packages that were "
"automatically installed to satisfy dependencies for other packages and are "
"now no longer needed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>changelog</literal> tries to download the changelog of a package "
"and displays it through <command>sensible-pager</command>.  By default it "
"displays the changelog for the version that is installed.  However, you can "
"specify the same options as for the <option>install</option> command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Displays by default a deb822 formatted listing of information about all data "
"files (aka index targets) <command>apt-get update</command> would "
"download. Supports a <option>--format</option> option to modify the output "
"format as well as accepts lines of the default output to filter the records "
"by. The command is mainly used as an interface for external tools working "
"with APT to get information as well as filenames for downloaded files so "
"they can use them as well instead of downloading them again on their "
"own. Detailed documentation is omitted here and can instead be found in the "
"file &apt-acquire-additional-files; shipped by the "
"<package>apt-doc</package> package."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Do not consider recommended packages as a dependency for installing.  "
"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Install-Recommends</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Consider suggested packages as a dependency for installing.  Configuration "
"Item: <literal>APT::Install-Suggests</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Download only; package files are only retrieved, not unpacked or installed.  "
"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Download-Only</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Fix; attempt to correct a system with broken dependencies in place. This "
"option, when used with install/remove, can omit any packages to permit APT "
"to deduce a likely solution. If packages are specified, these have to "
"completely correct the problem. The option is sometimes necessary when "
"running APT for the first time; APT itself does not allow broken package "
"dependencies to exist on a system. It is possible that a system's dependency "
"structure can be so corrupt as to require manual intervention (which usually "
"means using <command>dpkg --remove</command> to eliminate some of the "
"offending packages). Use of this option together with <option>-m</option> "
"may produce an error in some situations.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::Get::Fix-Broken</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Ignore missing packages; if packages cannot be retrieved or fail the "
"integrity check after retrieval (corrupted package files), hold back those "
"packages and handle the result. Use of this option together with "
"<option>-f</option> may produce an error in some situations. If a package is "
"selected for installation (particularly if it is mentioned on the command "
"line) and it could not be downloaded then it will be silently held back.  "
"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Fix-Missing</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Disables downloading of packages. This is best used with "
"<option>--ignore-missing</option> to force APT to use only the .debs it has "
"already downloaded.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::Get::Download</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Quiet; produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators.  "
"More q's will produce more quiet up to a maximum of 2. You can also use "
"<option>-q=#</option> to set the quiet level, overriding the configuration "
"file.  Note that quiet level 2 implies <option>-y</option>; you should never "
"use -qq without a no-action modifier such as -d, --print-uris or -s as APT "
"may decide to do something you did not expect.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>quiet</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"No action; perform a simulation of events that would occur based on the "
"current system state but do not actually change the system. Locking will be "
"disabled (<option>Debug::NoLocking</option>)  so the system state could "
"change while <command>apt-get</command> is running. Simulations can also be "
"executed by non-root users which might not have read access to all apt "
"configuration distorting the simulation.  A notice expressing this warning "
"is also shown by default for non-root users "
"(<option>APT::Get::Show-User-Simulation-Note</option>).  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::Get::Simulate</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Simulated runs print out a series of lines, each representing a "
"<command>dpkg</command> operation: configure (<literal>Conf</literal>), "
"remove (<literal>Remv</literal>)  or unpack "
"(<literal>Inst</literal>). Square brackets indicate broken packages, and "
"empty square brackets indicate breaks that are of no consequence (rare)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Automatic yes to prompts; assume \"yes\" as answer to all prompts and run "
"non-interactively. If an undesirable situation, such as changing a held "
"package, trying to install a unauthenticated package or removing an "
"essential package occurs then <literal>apt-get</literal> will abort.  "
"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Automatic \"no\" to all prompts.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::Get::Assume-No</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Do not show a list of all packages that are to be upgraded.  Configuration "
"Item: <literal>APT::Get::Show-Upgraded</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Show full versions for upgraded and installed packages.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::Get::Show-Versions</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"This option controls the architecture packages are built for by "
"<command>apt-get source --compile</command> and how cross-builddependencies "
"are satisfied. By default is it not set which means that the host "
"architecture is the same as the build architecture (which is defined by "
"<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>).  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::Get::Host-Architecture</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"This option controls the activated build profiles for which a source package "
"is built by <command>apt-get source --compile</command> and how build "
"dependencies are satisfied. By default no build profile is active.  More "
"than one build profile can be activated at a time by concatenating them with "
"a comma.  Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Build-Profiles</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Compile source packages after downloading them.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::Get::Compile</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Ignore package holds; this causes <command>apt-get</command> to ignore a "
"hold placed on a package. This may be useful in conjunction with "
"<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> to override a large number of undesired "
"holds.  Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Ignore-Hold</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Allow installing new packages when used in conjunction with "
"<literal>upgrade</literal>.  This is useful if the update of a installed "
"package requires new dependencies to be installed. Instead of holding the "
"package back <literal>upgrade</literal> will upgrade the package and install "
"the new dependencies. Note that <literal>upgrade</literal> with this option "
"will never remove packages, only allow adding new ones.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::Get::Upgrade-Allow-New</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Do not upgrade packages; when used in conjunction with "
"<literal>install</literal>, <literal>no-upgrade</literal> will prevent "
"packages on the command line from being upgraded if they are already "
"installed.  Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Upgrade</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Do not install new packages; when used in conjunction with "
"<literal>install</literal>, <literal>only-upgrade</literal> will install "
"upgrades for already installed packages only and ignore requests to install "
"new packages.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::Get::Only-Upgrade</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"This is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue without prompting "
"if it is doing downgrades. It should not be used except in very special "
"situations. Using it can potentially destroy your system! Configuration "
"Item: <literal>APT::Get::allow-downgrades</literal>. Introduced in APT 1.1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Force yes; this is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue "
"without prompting if it is removing essentials. It should not be used except "
"in very special situations. Using it can potentially destroy your system! "
"Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::Get::allow-remove-essential</literal>. Introduced in APT 1.1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Force yes; this is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue "
"without prompting if it is changing held packages. It should not be used "
"except in very special situations. Using it can potentially destroy your "
"system! Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::Get::allow-change-held-packages</literal>. Introduced in APT "
"1.1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Force yes; this is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue "
"without prompting if it is doing something potentially harmful. It should "
"not be used except in very special situations. Using "
"<literal>force-yes</literal> can potentially destroy your system! "
"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::force-yes</literal>. This is "
"deprecated and replaced by <option>--allow-downgrades</option>, "
"<option>--allow-remove-essential</option>, "
"<option>--allow-change-held-packages</option> in 1.1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Instead of fetching the files to install their URIs are printed. Each URI "
"will have the path, the destination file name, the size and the expected MD5 "
"hash. Note that the file name to write to will not always match the file "
"name on the remote site! This also works with the <literal>source</literal> "
"and <literal>update</literal> commands. When used with the "
"<literal>update</literal> command the MD5 and size are not included, and it "
"is up to the user to decompress any compressed files.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::Get::Print-URIs</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Use purge instead of remove for anything that would be removed.  An asterisk "
"(\"*\") will be displayed next to packages which are scheduled to be "
"purged. <option>remove --purge</option> is equivalent to the "
"<option>purge</option> command.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::Get::Purge</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Re-install packages that are already installed and at the newest version.  "
"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::ReInstall</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"This option is on by default; use <literal>--no-list-cleanup</literal> to "
"turn it off. When it is on, <command>apt-get</command> will automatically "
"manage the contents of <filename>&statedir;/lists</filename> to ensure that "
"obsolete files are erased.  The only reason to turn it off is if you "
"frequently change your sources list.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::Get::List-Cleanup</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"This option controls the default input to the policy engine; it creates a "
"default pin at priority 990 using the specified release string.  This "
"overrides the general settings in "
"<filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename>.  Specifically pinned packages are "
"not affected by the value of this option. In short, this option lets you "
"have simple control over which distribution packages will be retrieved "
"from. Some common examples might be <option>-t '2.1*'</option>, <option>-t "
"unstable</option> or <option>-t sid</option>.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::Default-Release</literal>; see also the &apt-preferences; "
"manual page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Only perform operations that are 'trivial'. Logically this can be considered "
"related to <option>--assume-yes</option>; where "
"<option>--assume-yes</option> will answer yes to any prompt, "
"<option>--trivial-only</option> will answer no.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::Get::Trivial-Only</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"If any packages are to be removed apt-get immediately aborts without "
"prompting.  Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Remove</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"If the command is either <literal>install</literal> or "
"<literal>remove</literal>, then this option acts like running the "
"<literal>autoremove</literal> command, removing unused dependency "
"packages. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::AutomaticRemove</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Only has meaning for the <literal>source</literal> and "
"<literal>build-dep</literal> commands.  Indicates that the given source "
"names are not to be mapped through the binary table.  This means that if "
"this option is specified, these commands will only accept source package "
"names as arguments, rather than accepting binary package names and looking "
"up the corresponding source package.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::Get::Only-Source</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Download only the diff, dsc, or tar file of a source archive.  Configuration "
"Item: <literal>APT::Get::Diff-Only</literal>, "
"<literal>APT::Get::Dsc-Only</literal>, and "
"<literal>APT::Get::Tar-Only</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Only process architecture-dependent build-dependencies.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::Get::Arch-Only</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Ignore if packages can't be authenticated and don't prompt about it.  This "
"can be useful while working with local repositories, but is a huge security "
"risk if data authenticity isn't ensured in another way by the user itself.  "
"The usage of the <option>Trusted</option> option for &sources-list; entries "
"should usually be preferred over this global override.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::Get::AllowUnauthenticated</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Forbid the update command to acquire unverifiable data from configured "
"sources. APT will fail at the update command for repositories without valid "
"cryptographically signatures. See also &apt-secure; for details on the "
"concept and the implications.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Show user friendly progress information in the terminal window when packages "
"are installed, upgraded or removed. For a machine parsable version of this "
"data see README.progress-reporting in the apt doc directory.  Configuration "
"Item: <literal>Dpkg::Progress</literal> and "
"<literal>Dpkg::Progress-Fancy</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-key.8.xml:1 apt-mark.8.xml:1
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "Files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"&apt-cache;, &apt-cdrom;, &dpkg;, &sources-list;, &apt-conf;, &apt-config;, "
"&apt-secure;, The APT User's guide in &guidesdir;, &apt-preferences;, the "
"APT Howto."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-get.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<command>apt-get</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 on "
"error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid "query the APT cache"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<command>apt-cache</command> performs a variety of operations on APT's "
"package cache. <command>apt-cache</command> does not manipulate the state of "
"the system but does provide operations to search and generate interesting "
"output from the package metadata. The metadata is acquired and updated via "
"the 'update' command of e.g. <command>apt-get</command>, so that it can be "
"outdated if the last update is too long ago, but in exchange "
"<command>apt-cache</command> works independently of the availability of the "
"configured sources (e.g. offline)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>gencaches</literal> creates APT's package cache. This is done "
"implicitly by all commands needing this cache if it is missing or outdated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option><replaceable>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid "&synopsis-pkg;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>showpkg</literal> displays information about the packages listed on "
"the command line. Remaining arguments are package names. The available "
"versions and reverse dependencies of each package listed are listed, as well "
"as forward dependencies for each version. Forward (normal)  dependencies are "
"those packages upon which the package in question depends; reverse "
"dependencies are those packages that depend upon the package in "
"question. Thus, forward dependencies must be satisfied for a package, but "
"reverse dependencies need not be.  For instance, <command>apt-cache showpkg "
"libreadline2</command> would produce output similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informalexample><programlisting>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: libreadline2\n"
"Versions: 2.1-12(/var/state/apt/lists/foo_Packages),\n"
"Reverse Depends: \n"
"  libreadlineg2,libreadline2\n"
"  libreadline2-altdev,libreadline2\n"
"Dependencies:\n"
"2.1-12 - libc5 (2 5.4.0-0) ncurses3.0 (0 (null))\n"
"Provides:\n"
"2.1-12 - \n"
"Reverse Provides: \n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Thus it may be seen that libreadline2, version 2.1-12, depends on libc5 and "
"ncurses3.0 which must be installed for libreadline2 to work.  In turn, "
"libreadlineg2 and libreadline2-altdev depend on libreadline2. If "
"libreadline2 is installed, libc5 and ncurses3.0 (and ldso) must also be "
"installed; libreadlineg2 and libreadline2-altdev do not have to be "
"installed. For the specific meaning of the remainder of the output it is "
"best to consult the apt source code."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>stats</literal> displays some statistics about the cache.  No "
"further arguments are expected. Statistics reported are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>Total package names</literal> is the number of package names found "
"in the cache."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>Normal packages</literal> is the number of regular, ordinary "
"package names; these are packages that bear a one-to-one correspondence "
"between their names and the names used by other packages for them in "
"dependencies. The majority of packages fall into this category."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>Pure virtual packages</literal> is the number of packages that "
"exist only as a virtual package name; that is, packages only \"provide\" the "
"virtual package name, and no package actually uses the name. For instance, "
"\"mail-transport-agent\" in the Debian system is a pure virtual package; "
"several packages provide \"mail-transport-agent\", but there is no package "
"named \"mail-transport-agent\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>Single virtual packages</literal> is the number of packages with "
"only one package providing a particular virtual package. For example, in the "
"Debian system, \"X11-text-viewer\" is a virtual package, but only one "
"package, xless, provides \"X11-text-viewer\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>Mixed virtual packages</literal> is the number of packages that "
"either provide a particular virtual package or have the virtual package name "
"as the package name. For instance, in the Debian system, \"debconf\" is both "
"an actual package, and provided by the debconf-tiny package."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>Missing</literal> is the number of package names that were "
"referenced in a dependency but were not provided by any package. Missing "
"packages may be an evidence if a full distribution is not accessed, or if a "
"package (real or virtual) has been dropped from the distribution. Usually "
"they are referenced from Conflicts or Breaks statements."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>Total distinct</literal> versions is the number of package versions "
"found in the cache. If more than one distribution is being accessed (for "
"instance, \"stable\" and \"unstable\"), this value can be considerably "
"larger than the number of total package names."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>Total dependencies</literal> is the number of dependency "
"relationships claimed by all of the packages in the cache."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>showsrc</literal> displays all the source package records that "
"match the given package names. All versions are shown, as well as all "
"records that declare the name to be a binary package. Use "
"<option>--only-source</option> to display only source package names."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>dump</literal> shows a short listing of every package in the "
"cache. It is primarily for debugging."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>dumpavail</literal> prints out an available list to stdout. This is "
"suitable for use with &dpkg; and is used by the &dselect; method."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>unmet</literal> displays a summary of all unmet dependencies in the "
"package cache."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>show</literal> performs a function similar to <command>dpkg "
"--print-avail</command>; it displays the package records for the named "
"packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option><replaceable>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid "&synopsis-regex;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>search</literal> performs a full text search on all available "
"package lists for the POSIX regex pattern given, see &regex;.  It searches "
"the package names and the descriptions for an occurrence of the regular "
"expression and prints out the package name and the short description, "
"including virtual package names.  If <option>--full</option> is given then "
"output identical to <literal>show</literal> is produced for each matched "
"package, and if <option>--names-only</option> is given then the long "
"description is not searched, only the package name and provided packages "
"are."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Separate arguments can be used to specify multiple search patterns that are "
"and'ed together."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>depends</literal> shows a listing of each dependency a package has "
"and all the possible other packages that can fulfill that dependency."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>rdepends</literal> shows a listing of each reverse dependency a "
"package has."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid "<optional><replaceable>&synopsis-prefix;</replaceable></optional>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"This command prints the name of each package APT knows. The optional "
"argument is a prefix match to filter the name list. The output is suitable "
"for use in a shell tab complete function and the output is generated "
"extremely quickly. This command is best used with the "
"<option>--generate</option> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Note that a package which APT knows of is not necessarily available to "
"download, installable or installed, e.g. virtual packages are also listed in "
"the generated list."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>dotty</literal> takes a list of packages on the command line and "
"generates output suitable for use by dotty from the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.research.att.com/sw/tools/graphviz/\">GraphViz</ulink> "
"package. The result will be a set of nodes and edges representing the "
"relationships between the packages. By default the given packages will trace "
"out all dependent packages; this can produce a very large graph.  To limit "
"the output to only the packages listed on the command line, set the "
"<literal>APT::Cache::GivenOnly</literal> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"The resulting nodes will have several shapes; normal packages are boxes, "
"pure virtual packages are triangles, mixed virtual packages are diamonds, "
"missing packages are hexagons. Orange boxes mean recursion was stopped (leaf "
"packages), blue lines are pre-depends, green lines are conflicts."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid "Caution, dotty cannot graph larger sets of packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"The same as <literal>dotty</literal>, only for xvcg from the <ulink "
"url=\"http://rw4.cs.uni-sb.de/users/sander/html/gsvcg1.html\">VCG "
"tool</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid "<optional><replaceable>&synopsis-pkg;</replaceable>…</optional>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>policy</literal> is meant to help debug issues relating to the "
"preferences file. With no arguments it will print out the priorities of each "
"source. Otherwise it prints out detailed information about the priority "
"selection of the named package."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>apt-cache</literal>'s <literal>madison</literal> command attempts "
"to mimic the output format and a subset of the functionality of the Debian "
"archive management tool, <literal>madison</literal>.  It displays available "
"versions of a package in a tabular format.  Unlike the original "
"<literal>madison</literal>, it can only display information for the "
"architecture for which APT has retrieved package lists "
"(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Select the file to store the package cache. The package cache is the primary "
"cache used by all operations.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>Dir::Cache::pkgcache</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Select the file to store the source cache. The source is used only by "
"<literal>gencaches</literal> and it stores a parsed version of the package "
"information from remote sources. When building the package cache the source "
"cache is used to avoid reparsing all of the package files.  Configuration "
"Item: <literal>Dir::Cache::srcpkgcache</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Quiet; produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators.  "
"More q's will produce more quietness up to a maximum of 2. You can also use "
"<option>-q=#</option> to set the quietness level, overriding the "
"configuration file.  Configuration Item: <literal>quiet</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Print only important dependencies; for use with <literal>unmet</literal> and "
"<literal>depends</literal>. Causes only Depends and Pre-Depends relations to "
"be printed.  Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::Important</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Per default the <command>depends</command> and <command>rdepends</command> "
"print all dependencies. This can be tweaked with these flags which will omit "
"the specified dependency type.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::Cache::Show<replaceable>DependencyType</replaceable></literal> "
"e.g. <literal>APT::Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Per default <command>depends</command> and <command>rdepends</command> print "
"only dependencies explicitly expressed in the metadata. With this flag it "
"will also show dependencies implicitly added based on the encountered data.  "
"A <literal>Conflicts: foo</literal> e.g. expresses implicitly that this "
"package also conflicts with the package foo from any other architecture.  "
"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::ShowImplicit</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Print full package records when searching.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::Cache::ShowFull</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Print full records for all available versions. This is the default; to turn "
"it off, use <option>--no-all-versions</option>.  If "
"<option>--no-all-versions</option> is specified, only the candidate version "
"will be displayed (the one which would be selected for installation).  This "
"option is only applicable to the <literal>show</literal> command.  "
"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::AllVersions</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Perform automatic package cache regeneration, rather than use the cache as "
"it is. This is the default; to turn it off, use "
"<option>--no-generate</option>.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::Cache::Generate</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Only search on the package and provided package names, not the long "
"descriptions.  Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::NamesOnly</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Make <literal>pkgnames</literal> print all names, including virtual packages "
"and missing dependencies.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::Cache::AllNames</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Make <literal>depends</literal> and <literal>rdepends</literal> recursive so "
"that all packages mentioned are printed once.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::Cache::RecurseDepends</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Limit the output of <literal>depends</literal> and "
"<literal>rdepends</literal> to packages which are currently installed.  "
"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::Installed</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid "&apt-conf;, &sources-list;, &apt-get;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-cache.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<command>apt-cache</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 "
"on error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: apt-key.8.xml:1
msgid "APT key management utility"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-key.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<command>apt-key</command> is used to manage the list of keys used by apt to "
"authenticate packages.  Packages which have been authenticated using these "
"keys will be considered trusted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt-key.8.xml:1
msgid "Commands"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-key.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Add a new key to the list of trusted keys.  The key is read from the "
"filename given with the parameter &synopsis-param-filename; or if the "
"filename is <literal>-</literal> from standard input."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-key.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"It is critical that keys added manually via <command>apt-key</command> are "
"verified to belong to the owner of the repositories they claim to be for "
"otherwise the &apt-secure; infrastructure is completely undermined."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-key.8.xml:1
msgid "Remove a key from the list of trusted keys."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-key.8.xml:1
msgid "Output the key &synopsis-param-keyid; to standard output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-key.8.xml:1
msgid "Output all trusted keys to standard output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-key.8.xml:1
msgid "List trusted keys."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-key.8.xml:1
msgid "List fingerprints of trusted keys."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-key.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Pass advanced options to gpg. With <command>adv --recv-key</command> you can "
"e.g. download key from keyservers directly into the the trusted set of "
"keys. Note that there are <emphasis>no</emphasis> checks performed, so it is "
"easy to completely undermine the &apt-secure; infrastructure if used without "
"care."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-key.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Update the local keyring with the archive keyring and remove from the local "
"keyring the archive keys which are no longer valid.  The archive keyring is "
"shipped in the <literal>archive-keyring</literal> package of your "
"distribution, e.g. the &keyring-package; package in &keyring-distro;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-key.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Perform an update working similarly to the <command>update</command> command "
"above, but get the archive keyring from a URI instead and validate it "
"against a master key.  This requires an installed &wget; and an APT build "
"configured to have a server to fetch from and a master keyring to validate.  "
"APT in Debian does not support this command, relying on "
"<command>update</command> instead, but Ubuntu's APT does."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt-key.8.xml:1 apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-key.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Note that options need to be defined before the commands described in the "
"previous section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-key.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"With this option it is possible to specify a particular keyring file the "
"command should operate on. The default is that a command is executed on the "
"<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> file as well as on all parts in the "
"<filename>trusted.gpg.d</filename> directory, though "
"<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> is the primary keyring which means that "
"e.g. new keys are added to this one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt-key.8.xml:1
msgid "<filename>/etc/apt/trustdb.gpg</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-key.8.xml:1
msgid "Local trust database of archive keys."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt-key.8.xml:1
msgid "&keyring-filename;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-key.8.xml:1
msgid "Keyring of &keyring-distro; archive trusted keys."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt-key.8.xml:1
msgid "&keyring-removed-filename;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-key.8.xml:1
msgid "Keyring of &keyring-distro; archive removed trusted keys."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-key.8.xml:1
msgid "&apt-get;, &apt-secure;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
msgid "show, set and unset various settings for a package"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<command>apt-mark</command> can be used as a unified front-end to set "
"various settings for a package, such as marking a package as being "
"automatically/manually installed or changing <command>dpkg</command> "
"selections such as hold, install, deinstall and purge which are respected "
"e.g. by <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> or "
"<command>aptitude</command>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
msgid "Automatically and Manually Installed Packages"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"When you request that a package is installed, and as a result other packages "
"are installed to satisfy its dependencies, the dependencies are marked as "
"being automatically installed, while the package you installed explicitly is "
"marked as manually installed.  Once an automatically installed package is no "
"longer depended on by any manually installed package it is considered no "
"longer needed and e.g. <command>apt-get</command> or "
"<command>aptitude</command> will at least suggest removing them."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>auto</literal> is used to mark a package as being automatically "
"installed, which will cause the package to be removed when no more manually "
"installed packages depend on this package."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>manual</literal> is used to mark a package as being manually "
"installed, which will prevent the package from being automatically removed "
"if no other packages depend on it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>showauto</literal> is used to print a list of automatically "
"installed packages with each package on a new line.  All automatically "
"installed packages will be listed if no package is given.  If packages are "
"given only those which are automatically installed will be shown."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>showmanual</literal> can be used in the same way as "
"<literal>showauto</literal> except that it will print a list of manually "
"installed packages instead."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Read/Write package stats from the filename given with the parameter "
"&synopsis-param-filename; instead of from the default location, which is "
"<filename>extended_status</filename> in the directory defined by the "
"Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::State</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
msgid "Prevent Changes for a Package"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>hold</literal> is used to mark a package as held back, which will "
"prevent the package from being automatically installed, upgraded or removed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>unhold</literal> is used to cancel a previously set hold on a "
"package to allow all actions again."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>showhold</literal> is used to print a list of packages on hold in "
"the same way as for the other show commands."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
msgid "Schedule Packages for Install, Remove and Purge"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Some front-ends like <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> can be used "
"to apply previously scheduled changes to the install state of packages. Such "
"changes can be scheduled with the <option>install</option>, "
"<option>remove</option> (also known as <option>deinstall</option>) and "
"<option>purge</option> commands.  Packages with a specific selection can be "
"displayed with <option>showinstall</option>, <option>showremove</option> and "
"<option>showpurge</option> respectively.  More information about these so "
"called dpkg selections can be found in &dpkg;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-mark.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<command>apt-mark</command> returns zero on normal operation, non-zero on "
"error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid "Archive authentication support for APT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Starting with version 0.6, <command>APT</command> contains code that does "
"signature checking of the Release file for all repositories. This ensures "
"that data like packages in the archive can't be modified by people who have "
"no access to the Release file signing key. Starting with version 1.1 "
"<command>APT</command> requires repositories to provide recent "
"authentication information for unimpeded usage of the repository."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"If an archive has an unsigned Release file or no Release file at all current "
"APT versions will refuse to download data from them by default in "
"<command>update</command> operations and even if forced to download "
"front-ends like &apt-get; will require explicit confirmation if an "
"installation request includes a package from such an unauthenticated "
"archive."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"As a temporary exception &apt-get; (not &apt;!) raises warnings only if it "
"encounters unauthenticated archives to give a slightly longer grace period "
"on this backward compatibility effecting change. This exception will be "
"removed in future releases and you can opt-out of this grace period by "
"setting the configuration option "
"<option>Binary::apt-get::Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</option> to "
"<literal>false</literal> or "
"<option>--no-allow-insecure-repositories</option> on the command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"You can force all APT clients to raise only warnings by setting the "
"configuration option <option>Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</option> to "
"<literal>true</literal>. Individual repositories can also be allowed to be "
"insecure via the &sources-list; option "
"<literal>allow-insecure=yes</literal>.  Note that insecure repositories are "
"strongly discouraged and all options to force apt to continue supporting "
"them will eventually be removed.  Users also have the "
"<option>Trusted</option> option available to disable even the warnings, but "
"be sure to understand the implications as detailed in &sources-list;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"A repository which previously was authentication but would loose this state "
"in an <command>update</command> operation raises an error in all APT clients "
"irrespective of the option to allow or forbid usage of insecure "
"repositories.  The error can be overcome by additionally setting "
"<option>Acquire::AllowDowngradeToInsecureRepositories</option> to "
"<literal>true</literal> or for Individual repositories with the "
"&sources-list; option <literal>allow-downgrade-to-insecure=yes</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Note: All APT-based package management front-ends like &apt-get;, &aptitude; "
"and &synaptic; support this authentication feature, so this manpage uses "
"<literal>APT</literal> to refer to them all for simplicity only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid "Trusted Repositories"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"The chain of trust from an APT archive to the end user is made up of several "
"steps. <command>apt-secure</command> is the last step in this chain; "
"trusting an archive does not mean that you trust its packages not to contain "
"malicious code, but means that you trust the archive maintainer. It's the "
"archive maintainer's responsibility to ensure that the archive's integrity "
"is preserved."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"apt-secure does not review signatures at a package level. If you require "
"tools to do this you should look at <command>debsig-verify</command> and "
"<command>debsign</command> (provided in the debsig-verify and devscripts "
"packages respectively)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"The chain of trust in Debian starts (e.g.) when a maintainer uploads a new "
"package or a new version of a package to the Debian archive. In order to "
"become effective, this upload needs to be signed by a key contained in one "
"of the Debian package maintainer keyrings (available in the debian-keyring "
"package). Maintainers' keys are signed by other maintainers following "
"pre-established procedures to ensure the identity of the key holder. Similar "
"procedures exist in all Debian-based distributions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Once the uploaded package is verified and included in the archive, the "
"maintainer signature is stripped off, and checksums of the package are "
"computed and put in the Packages file. The checksums of all of the Packages "
"files are then computed and put into the Release file. The Release file is "
"then signed by the archive key for this &keyring-distro; release, and "
"distributed alongside the packages and the Packages files on "
"&keyring-distro; mirrors. The keys are in the &keyring-distro; archive "
"keyring available in the &keyring-package; package."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"End users can check the signature of the Release file, extract a checksum of "
"a package from it and compare it with the checksum of the package they "
"downloaded by hand - or rely on APT doing this automatically."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Notice that this is distinct from checking signatures on a per package "
"basis. It is designed to prevent two possible attacks:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>Network \"man in the middle\" attacks</literal>. Without signature "
"checking, malicious agents can introduce themselves into the package "
"download process and provide malicious software either by controlling a "
"network element (router, switch, etc.) or by redirecting traffic to a rogue "
"server (through ARP or DNS spoofing attacks)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>Mirror network compromise</literal>.  Without signature checking, a "
"malicious agent can compromise a mirror host and modify the files in it to "
"propagate malicious software to all users downloading packages from that "
"host."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"However, it does not defend against a compromise of the master server itself "
"(which signs the packages) or against a compromise of the key used to sign "
"the Release files. In any case, this mechanism can complement a per-package "
"signature."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid "User Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<command>apt-key</command> is the program that manages the list of keys used "
"by APT to trust repositories. It can be used to add or remove keys as well "
"as list the trusted keys. Limiting which key(s) are able to sign which "
"archive is possible via the <option>Signed-By</option> in &sources-list;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Note that a default installation already contains all keys to securely "
"acquire packages from the default repositories, so fiddling with "
"<command>apt-key</command> is only needed if third-party repositories are "
"added."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"In order to add a new key you need to first download it (you should make "
"sure you are using a trusted communication channel when retrieving it), add "
"it with <command>apt-key</command> and then run <command>apt-get "
"update</command> so that apt can download and verify the "
"<filename>InRelease</filename> or <filename>Release.gpg</filename> files "
"from the archives you have configured."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid "Archive Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"If you want to provide archive signatures in an archive under your "
"maintenance you have to:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Create a toplevel Release file</emphasis>, if it does not exist "
"already. You can do this by running <command>apt-ftparchive "
"release</command> (provided in apt-utils)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Sign it</emphasis>. You can do this by running <command>gpg "
"--clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> and <command>gpg -abs -o "
"Release.gpg Release</command>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Publish the key fingerprint</emphasis>, so that your users will "
"know what key they need to import in order to authenticate the files in the "
"archive. It is best to ship your key in its own keyring package like "
"&keyring-distro; does with &keyring-package; to be able to distribute "
"updates and key transitions automatically later."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Provide instructions on how to add your archive and "
"key</emphasis>.  If your users can't acquire your key securely the chain of "
"trust described above is broken.  How you can help users add your key "
"depends on your archive and target audience ranging from having your keyring "
"package included in another archive users already have configured (like the "
"default repositories of their distribution) to leveraging the web of trust."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Whenever the contents of the archive change (new packages are added or "
"removed) the archive maintainer has to follow the first two steps outlined "
"above."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"&apt-conf;, &apt-get;, &sources-list;, &apt-key;, &apt-ftparchive;, "
"&debsign;, &debsig-verify;, &gpg;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"For more background information you might want to review the <ulink "
"url=\"https://www.debian.org/doc/manuals/securing-debian-howto/ch7\">Debian "
"Security Infrastructure</ulink> chapter of the Securing Debian Manual (also "
"available in the harden-doc package) and the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.cryptnet.net/fdp/crypto/strong_distro.html\" >Strong "
"Distribution HOWTO</ulink> by V. Alex Brennen."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid "Manpage Authors"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-secure.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"This man-page is based on the work of Javier Fernández-Sanguino Peña, Isaac "
"Jones, Colin Walters, Florian Weimer and Michael Vogt."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
msgid "APT CD-ROM management utility"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<command>apt-cdrom</command> is used to add a new CD-ROM to APT's list of "
"available sources. <command>apt-cdrom</command> takes care of determining "
"the structure of the disc as well as correcting for several possible "
"mis-burns and verifying the index files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"It is necessary to use <command>apt-cdrom</command> to add CDs to the APT "
"system; it cannot be done by hand. Furthermore each disc in a multi-CD set "
"must be inserted and scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>add</literal> is used to add a new disc to the source list. It will "
"unmount the CD-ROM device, prompt for a disc to be inserted and then proceed "
"to scan it and copy the index files. If the disc does not have a proper "
"<filename>.disk</filename> directory you will be prompted for a descriptive "
"title."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"APT uses a CD-ROM ID to track which disc is currently in the drive and "
"maintains a database of these IDs in "
"<filename>&statedir;/cdroms.list</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"A debugging tool to report the identity of the current disc as well as the "
"stored file name"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Do not try to auto-detect the CD-ROM path. Usually combined with the "
"<option>--cdrom</option> option.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>Acquire::cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Mount point; specify the location to mount the CD-ROM. This mount point must "
"be listed in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> and properly configured.  "
"Configuration Item: <literal>Acquire::cdrom::mount</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Rename a disc; change the label of a disc or override the disc's given "
"label. This option will cause <command>apt-cdrom</command> to prompt for a "
"new label.  Configuration Item: <literal>APT::CDROM::Rename</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"No mounting; prevent <command>apt-cdrom</command> from mounting and "
"unmounting the mount point.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::CDROM::NoMount</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Fast Copy; Assume the package files are valid and do not check every "
"package. This option should be used only if <command>apt-cdrom</command> has "
"been run on this disc before and did not detect any errors.  Configuration "
"Item: <literal>APT::CDROM::Fast</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Thorough Package Scan; This option may be needed with some old Debian "
"1.1/1.2 discs that have Package files in strange places. It takes much "
"longer to scan the CD but will pick them all up."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"No Changes; Do not change the &sources-list; file and do not write index "
"files. Everything is still checked however.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::CDROM::NoAct</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
msgid "&apt-conf;, &apt-get;, &sources-list;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<command>apt-cdrom</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 "
"on error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: apt-config.8.xml:1
msgid "APT Configuration Query program"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-config.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<command>apt-config</command> is an internal program used by various "
"portions of the APT suite to provide consistent configurability. It accesses "
"the main configuration file <filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename> in a "
"manner that is easy to use for scripted applications."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-config.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"shell is used to access the configuration information from a shell "
"script. It is given pairs of arguments, the first being a shell variable and "
"the second the configuration value to query. As output it lists shell "
"assignment commands for each value present.  In a shell script it should be "
"used as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informalexample><programlisting>
#: apt-config.8.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"OPTS=\"-f\"\n"
"RES=`apt-config shell OPTS MyApp::options`\n"
"eval $RES\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-config.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"This will set the shell environment variable $OPTS to the value of "
"MyApp::options with a default of <option>-f</option>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-config.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"The configuration item may be postfixed with a /[fdbi]. f returns file "
"names, d returns directories, b returns true or false and i returns an "
"integer. Each of the returns is normalized and verified internally."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-config.8.xml:1
msgid "Just show the contents of the configuration space."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-config.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Include options which have an empty value. This is the default, so use "
"--no-empty to remove them from the output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option><replaceable>
#: apt-config.8.xml:1
msgid "&percnt;f &#x0022;&percnt;v&#x0022;;&percnt;n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-config.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"Defines the output of each config option. &percnt;t will be replaced with "
"its individual name, &percnt;f with its full hierarchical name and &percnt;v "
"with its value.  Use uppercase letters and special characters in the value "
"will be encoded to ensure that it can e.g. be safely used in a quoted-string "
"as defined by RFC822. Additionally &percnt;n will be replaced by a newline, "
"and &percnt;N by a tab. A &percnt; can be printed by using &percnt;&percnt;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-config.8.xml:1 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "&apt-conf;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-config.8.xml:1
msgid ""
"<command>apt-config</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 "
"on error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><author><contrib>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "Initial documentation of Debug::*."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><author><email>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "dburrows@debian.org"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid "5"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "Configuration file for APT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename> is the main configuration file shared "
"by all the tools in the APT suite of tools, though it is by no means the "
"only place options can be set. The suite also shares a common command line "
"parser to provide a uniform environment."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"When an APT tool starts up it will read the configuration files in the "
"following order:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"the file specified by the <envar>APT_CONFIG</envar> environment variable (if "
"any)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"all files in <literal>Dir::Etc::Parts</literal> in alphanumeric ascending "
"order which have either no or \"<literal>conf</literal>\" as filename "
"extension and which only contain alphanumeric, hyphen (-), underscore (_) "
"and period (.) characters.  Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has "
"ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the "
"<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which "
"case it will be silently ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "the main configuration file specified by <literal>Dir::Etc::main</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"all options set in the binary specific configuration subtree are moved into "
"the root of the tree."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"the command line options are applied to override the configuration "
"directives or to load even more configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "Syntax"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The configuration file is organized in a tree with options organized into "
"functional groups. Option specification is given with a double colon "
"notation; for instance <literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal> is an option "
"within the APT tool group, for the Get tool. Options do not inherit from "
"their parent groups."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Syntactically the configuration language is modeled after what the ISC tools "
"such as bind and dhcp use. Lines starting with <literal>//</literal> are "
"treated as comments (ignored), as well as all text between "
"<literal>/*</literal> and <literal>*/</literal>, just like C/C++ comments.  "
"Each line is of the form <literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes \"true\";</literal>.  "
"The quotation marks and trailing semicolon are required.  The value must be "
"on one line, and there is no kind of string concatenation.  Values must not "
"include backslashes or extra quotation marks.  Option names are made up of "
"alphanumeric characters and the characters \"/-:._+\".  A new scope can be "
"opened with curly braces, like this:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><informalexample><programlisting>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"APT {\n"
"  Get {\n"
"    Assume-Yes \"true\";\n"
"    Fix-Broken \"true\";\n"
"  };\n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"with newlines placed to make it more readable. Lists can be created by "
"opening a scope and including a single string enclosed in quotes followed by "
"a semicolon. Multiple entries can be included, separated by a semicolon."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><informalexample><programlisting>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "DPkg::Pre-Install-Pkgs {\"/usr/sbin/dpkg-preconfigure --apt\";};\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"In general the sample configuration file &configureindex; is a good guide "
"for how it should look."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Case is not significant in names of configuration items, so in the previous "
"example you could use <literal>dpkg::pre-install-pkgs</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Names for the configuration items are optional if a list is defined as can "
"be seen in the <literal>DPkg::Pre-Install-Pkgs</literal> example above. If "
"you don't specify a name a new entry will simply add a new option to the "
"list. If you specify a name you can override the option in the same way as "
"any other option by reassigning a new value to the option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Two special commands are defined: <literal>#include</literal> (which is "
"deprecated and not supported by alternative implementations) and "
"<literal>#clear</literal>. <literal>#include</literal> will include the "
"given file, unless the filename ends in a slash, in which case the whole "
"directory is included.  <literal>#clear</literal> is used to erase a part of "
"the configuration tree. The specified element and all its descendants are "
"erased.  (Note that these lines also need to end with a semicolon.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The <literal>#clear</literal> command is the only way to delete a list or a "
"complete scope. Reopening a scope (or using the syntax described below with "
"an appended <literal>::</literal>) will <emphasis>not</emphasis> override "
"previously written entries. Options can only be overridden by addressing a "
"new value to them - lists and scopes can't be overridden, only cleared."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"All of the APT tools take an -o option which allows an arbitrary "
"configuration directive to be specified on the command line. The syntax is a "
"full option name (<literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal> for instance) "
"followed by an equals sign then the new value of the option. To append a new "
"element to a list, add a trailing <literal>::</literal> to the name of the "
"list.  (As you might suspect, the scope syntax can't be used on the command "
"line.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Note that appending items to a list using <literal>::</literal> only works "
"for one item per line, and that you should not use it in combination with "
"the scope syntax (which adds <literal>::</literal> implicitly). Using both "
"syntaxes together will trigger a bug which some users unfortunately depend "
"on: an option with the unusual name \"<literal>::</literal>\" which acts "
"like every other option with a name. This introduces many problems; for one "
"thing, users who write multiple lines in this <emphasis>wrong</emphasis> "
"syntax in the hope of appending to a list will achieve the opposite, as only "
"the last assignment for this option \"<literal>::</literal>\" will be "
"used. Future versions of APT will raise errors and stop working if they "
"encounter this misuse, so please correct such statements now while APT "
"doesn't explicitly complain about them."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "The APT Group"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"This group of options controls general APT behavior as well as holding the "
"options for all of the tools."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"System Architecture; sets the architecture to use when fetching files and "
"parsing package lists. The internal default is the architecture apt was "
"compiled for."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"All Architectures the system supports. For instance, CPUs implementing the "
"<literal>amd64</literal> (also called <literal>x86-64</literal>)  "
"instruction set are also able to execute binaries compiled for the "
"<literal>i386</literal> (<literal>x86</literal>) instruction set. This list "
"is used when fetching files and parsing package lists. The initial default "
"is always the system's native architecture "
"(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>), and foreign architectures are added "
"to the default list when they are registered via <command>dpkg "
"--add-architecture</command>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"This scope defines which compression formats are supported, how compression "
"and decompression can be performed if support for this format isn't built "
"into apt directly and a cost-value indicating how costly it is to compress "
"something in this format. As an example the following configuration stanza "
"would allow apt to download and uncompress as well as create and store files "
"with the low-cost <literal>.reversed</literal> file extension which it will "
"pass to the command <command>rev</command> without additional commandline "
"parameters for compression and uncompression:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><informalexample><programlisting>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"APT::Compressor::rev {\n"
"\tName \"rev\";\n"
"\tExtension \".reversed\";\n"
"\tBinary \"rev\";\n"
"\tCompressArg {};\n"
"\tUncompressArg {};\n"
"\tCost \"10\";\n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"List of all build profiles enabled for build-dependency resolution, without "
"the \"<literal>profile.</literal>\" namespace prefix.  By default this list "
"is empty. The <envar>DEB_BUILD_PROFILES</envar> as used by "
"&dpkg-buildpackage; overrides the list notation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Default release to install packages from if more than one version is "
"available. Contains release name, codename or release version. Examples: "
"'stable', 'testing', 'unstable', '&debian-stable-codename;', "
"'&debian-testing-codename;', '4.0', '5.0*'. See also &apt-preferences;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Ignore held packages; this global option causes the problem resolver to "
"ignore held packages in its decision making."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Defaults to on. When turned on the autoclean feature will remove any "
"packages which can no longer be downloaded from the cache. If turned off "
"then packages that are locally installed are also excluded from cleaning - "
"but note that APT provides no direct means to reinstall them."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Defaults to on, which will cause APT to install essential and important "
"packages as soon as possible in an install/upgrade operation, in order to "
"limit the effect of a failing &dpkg; call. If this option is disabled, APT "
"treats an important package in the same way as an extra package: between the "
"unpacking of the package A and its configuration there can be many other "
"unpack or configuration calls for other unrelated packages B, C etc. If "
"these cause the &dpkg; call to fail (e.g. because package B's maintainer "
"scripts generate an error), this results in a system state in which package "
"A is unpacked but unconfigured - so any package depending on A is now no "
"longer guaranteed to work, as its dependency on A is no longer satisfied."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The immediate configuration marker is also applied in the potentially "
"problematic case of circular dependencies, since a dependency with the "
"immediate flag is equivalent to a Pre-Dependency. In theory this allows APT "
"to recognise a situation in which it is unable to perform immediate "
"configuration, abort, and suggest to the user that the option should be "
"temporarily deactivated in order to allow the operation to proceed.  Note "
"the use of the word \"theory\" here; in the real world this problem has "
"rarely been encountered, in non-stable distribution versions, and was caused "
"by wrong dependencies of the package in question or by a system in an "
"already broken state; so you should not blindly disable this option, as the "
"scenario mentioned above is not the only problem it can help to prevent in "
"the first place."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Before a big operation like <literal>dist-upgrade</literal> is run with this "
"option disabled you should try to explicitly <literal>install</literal> the "
"package APT is unable to configure immediately; but please make sure you "
"also report your problem to your distribution and to the APT team with the "
"buglink below, so they can work on improving or correcting the upgrade "
"process."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Never enable this option unless you <emphasis>really</emphasis> know what "
"you are doing. It permits APT to temporarily remove an essential package to "
"break a Conflicts/Conflicts or Conflicts/Pre-Depends loop between two "
"essential packages. <emphasis>Such a loop should never exist and is a grave "
"bug</emphasis>. This option will work if the essential packages are not "
"<command>tar</command>, <command>gzip</command>, <command>libc</command>, "
"<command>dpkg</command>, <command>dash</command> or anything that those "
"packages depend on."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"APT uses since version 0.7.26 a resizable memory mapped cache file to store "
"the available information. <literal>Cache-Start</literal> acts as a hint of "
"the size the cache will grow to, and is therefore the amount of memory APT "
"will request at startup. The default value is 20971520 bytes (~20 MB). Note "
"that this amount of space needs to be available for APT; otherwise it will "
"likely fail ungracefully, so for memory restricted devices this value should "
"be lowered while on systems with a lot of configured sources it should be "
"increased.  <literal>Cache-Grow</literal> defines in bytes with the default "
"of 1048576 (~1 MB) how much the cache size will be increased in the event "
"the space defined by <literal>Cache-Start</literal> is not enough. This "
"value will be applied again and again until either the cache is big enough "
"to store all information or the size of the cache reaches the "
"<literal>Cache-Limit</literal>.  The default of "
"<literal>Cache-Limit</literal> is 0 which stands for no limit.  If "
"<literal>Cache-Grow</literal> is set to 0 the automatic growth of the cache "
"is disabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "Defines which packages are considered essential build dependencies."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The Get subsection controls the &apt-get; tool; please see its documentation "
"for more information about the options here."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The Cache subsection controls the &apt-cache; tool; please see its "
"documentation for more information about the options here."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The CDROM subsection controls the &apt-cdrom; tool; please see its "
"documentation for more information about the options here."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "The Acquire Group"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The <literal>Acquire</literal> group of options controls the download of "
"packages as well as the various \"acquire methods\" responsible for the "
"download itself (see also &sources-list;)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Security related option defaulting to true, as giving a Release file's "
"validation an expiration date prevents replay attacks over a long timescale, "
"and can also for example help users to identify mirrors that are no longer "
"updated - but the feature depends on the correctness of the clock on the "
"user system. Archive maintainers are encouraged to create Release files with "
"the <literal>Valid-Until</literal> header, but if they don't or a stricter "
"value is desired the <literal>Max-ValidTime</literal> option below can be "
"used.  The <option>Check-Valid-Until</option> option of &sources-list; "
"entries should be preferred to disable the check selectively instead of "
"using this global override."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Maximum time (in seconds) after its creation (as indicated by the "
"<literal>Date</literal> header) that the <filename>Release</filename> file "
"should be considered valid.  If the Release file itself includes a "
"<literal>Valid-Until</literal> header the earlier date of the two is used as "
"the expiration date.  The default value is <literal>0</literal> which stands "
"for \"valid forever\".  Archive specific settings can be made by appending "
"the label of the archive to the option name. Preferably, the same can be "
"achieved for specific &sources-list; entries by using the "
"<option>Valid-Until-Max</option> option there."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Minimum time (in seconds) after its creation (as indicated by the "
"<literal>Date</literal> header) that the <filename>Release</filename> file "
"should be considered valid.  Use this if you need to use a seldom updated "
"(local) mirror of a more frequently updated archive with a "
"<literal>Valid-Until</literal> header instead of completely disabling the "
"expiration date checking.  Archive specific settings can and should be used "
"by appending the label of the archive to the option name. Preferably, the "
"same can be achieved for specific &sources-list; entries by using the "
"<option>Valid-Until-Min</option> option there."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Try to download deltas called <literal>PDiffs</literal> for indexes (like "
"<filename>Packages</filename> files) instead of downloading whole ones. True "
"by default. Preferably, this can be set for specific &sources-list; entries "
"or index files by using the <option>PDiffs</option> option there."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Two sub-options to limit the use of PDiffs are also available: "
"<literal>FileLimit</literal> can be used to specify a maximum number of "
"PDiff files should be downloaded to update a "
"file. <literal>SizeLimit</literal> on the other hand is the maximum "
"percentage of the size of all patches compared to the size of the targeted "
"file. If one of these limits is exceeded the complete file is downloaded "
"instead of the patches."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Try to download indexes via an URI constructed from a hashsum of the "
"expected file rather than downloaded via a well-known stable filename. True "
"by default, but automatically disabled if the source indicates no support "
"for it. Usage can be forced with the special value \"force\". Preferably, "
"this can be set for specific &sources-list; entries or index files by using "
"the <option>By-Hash</option> option there."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Queuing mode; <literal>Queue-Mode</literal> can be one of "
"<literal>host</literal> or <literal>access</literal> which determines how "
"APT parallelizes outgoing connections. <literal>host</literal> means that "
"one connection per target host will be opened, <literal>access</literal> "
"means that one connection per URI type will be opened."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Number of retries to perform. If this is non-zero APT will retry failed "
"files the given number of times."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Use symlinks for source archives. If set to true then source archives will "
"be symlinked when possible instead of copying. True is the default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>http::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for HTTP "
"URIs. It is in the standard form of "
"<literal>http://[[user][:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>.  Per host proxies "
"can also be specified by using the form "
"<literal>http::Proxy::&lt;host&gt;</literal> with the special keyword "
"<literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of the above "
"settings is specified, <envar>http_proxy</envar> environment variable will "
"be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Three settings are provided for cache control with HTTP/1.1 compliant proxy "
"caches.  <literal>No-Cache</literal> tells the proxy not to use its cached "
"response under any circumstances.  <literal>Max-Age</literal> sets the "
"allowed maximum age (in seconds) of an index file in the cache of the "
"proxy.  <literal>No-Store</literal> specifies that the proxy should not "
"store the requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to prevent "
"the proxy from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The option <literal>timeout</literal> sets the timeout timer used by the "
"method; this value applies to the connection as well as the data timeout."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The setting <literal>Acquire::http::Pipeline-Depth</literal> can be used to "
"enable HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 section 8.1.2.2) which can be beneficial "
"e.g. on high-latency connections. It specifies how many requests are sent in "
"a pipeline.  APT tries to detect and workaround misbehaving webservers and "
"proxies at runtime, but if you know that yours does not conform to the "
"HTTP/1.1 specification pipelining can be disabled by setting the value to "
"0. It is enabled by default with the value 10."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>Acquire::http::AllowRedirect</literal> controls whether APT will "
"follow redirects, which is enabled by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The used bandwidth can be limited with "
"<literal>Acquire::http::Dl-Limit</literal> which accepts integer values in "
"kilobytes per second. The default value is 0 which deactivates the limit and "
"tries to use all available bandwidth.  Note that this option implicitly "
"disables downloading from multiple servers at the same time."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>Acquire::http::User-Agent</literal> can be used to set a different "
"User-Agent for the http download method as some proxies allow access for "
"clients only if the client uses a known identifier."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy-Auto-Detect</literal> can be used to specify "
"an external command to discover the http proxy to use. The first and only "
"parameter is an URI denoting the host to be contacted to allow for "
"host-specific configuration. APT expects the command to output the proxy on "
"stdout as a single line in the style <literal>http://proxy:port/</literal> "
"or the word <literal>DIRECT</literal> if no proxy should be used. No output "
"indicates that the generic proxy settings should be used.  Note that "
"auto-detection will not be used for a host if a host-specific proxy "
"configuration is already set via "
"<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy::<replaceable>HOST</replaceable></literal>.  "
"See the &squid-deb-proxy-client; package for an example implementation that "
"uses avahi.  This option takes precedence over the legacy option name "
"<literal>ProxyAutoDetect</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The <literal>Cache-control</literal>, <literal>Timeout</literal>, "
"<literal>AllowRedirect</literal>, <literal>Dl-Limit</literal> and "
"<literal>proxy</literal> options work for HTTPS URIs in the same way as for "
"the <literal>http</literal> method, and default to the same values if they "
"are not explicitly set. The <literal>Pipeline-Depth</literal> option is not "
"yet supported."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>CaInfo</literal> suboption specifies place of file that holds info "
"about trusted certificates.  <literal>&lt;host&gt;::CaInfo</literal> is the "
"corresponding per-host option.  <literal>Verify-Peer</literal> boolean "
"suboption determines whether or not the server's host certificate should be "
"verified against trusted certificates.  "
"<literal>&lt;host&gt;::Verify-Peer</literal> is the corresponding per-host "
"option.  <literal>Verify-Host</literal> boolean suboption determines whether "
"or not the server's hostname should be verified.  "
"<literal>&lt;host&gt;::Verify-Host</literal> is the corresponding per-host "
"option.  <literal>SslCert</literal> determines what certificate to use for "
"client authentication. <literal>&lt;host&gt;::SslCert</literal> is the "
"corresponding per-host option.  <literal>SslKey</literal> determines what "
"private key to use for client "
"authentication. <literal>&lt;host&gt;::SslKey</literal> is the corresponding "
"per-host option.  <literal>SslForceVersion</literal> overrides default SSL "
"version to use.  It can contain either of the strings "
"'<literal>TLSv1</literal>' or '<literal>SSLv3</literal>'.  "
"<literal>&lt;host&gt;::SslForceVersion</literal> is the corresponding "
"per-host option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>ftp::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for FTP URIs.  "
"It is in the standard form of "
"<literal>ftp://[[user][:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>.  Per host proxies can "
"also be specified by using the form "
"<literal>ftp::Proxy::&lt;host&gt;</literal> with the special keyword "
"<literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of the above "
"settings is specified, <envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment variable will be "
"used. To use an FTP proxy you will have to set the "
"<literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> script in the configuration file. This "
"entry specifies the commands to send to tell the proxy server what to "
"connect to. Please see &configureindex; for an example of how to do "
"this. The substitution variables representing the corresponding URI "
"component are <literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal>, "
"<literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal>, "
"<literal>$(SITE_PASS)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE)</literal> and "
"<literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Several settings are provided to control passive mode. Generally it is safe "
"to leave passive mode on; it works in nearly every environment.  However, "
"some situations require that passive mode be disabled and port mode FTP used "
"instead. This can be done globally or for connections that go through a "
"proxy or for a specific host (see the sample config file for examples)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"It is possible to proxy FTP over HTTP by setting the "
"<envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment variable to an HTTP URL - see the "
"discussion of the http method above for syntax. You cannot set this in the "
"configuration file and it is not recommended to use FTP over HTTP due to its "
"low efficiency."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The setting <literal>ForceExtended</literal> controls the use of RFC2428 "
"<literal>EPSV</literal> and <literal>EPRT</literal> commands. The default is "
"false, which means these commands are only used if the control connection is "
"IPv6. Setting this to true forces their use even on IPv4 connections. Note "
"that most FTP servers do not support RFC2428."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><literallayout>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "/cdrom/::Mount \"foo\";"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"For URIs using the <literal>cdrom</literal> method, the only configurable "
"option is the mount point, <literal>cdrom::Mount</literal>, which must be "
"the mount point for the CD-ROM (or DVD, or whatever) drive as specified in "
"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. It is possible to provide alternate mount "
"and unmount commands if your mount point cannot be listed in the fstab.  The "
"syntax is to put <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> within the "
"<literal>cdrom</literal> block. It is important to have the trailing slash.  "
"Unmount commands can be specified using UMount."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"For GPGV URIs the only configurable option is "
"<literal>gpgv::Options</literal>, which passes additional parameters to "
"gpgv."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Acquire::CompressionTypes::<replaceable>FileExtension</replaceable> "
"\"<replaceable>Methodname</replaceable>\";"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"List of compression types which are understood by the acquire methods.  "
"Files like <filename>Packages</filename> can be available in various "
"compression formats.  By default the acquire methods can decompress and "
"recompress many common formats like <command>xz</command> and "
"<command>gzip</command>; with this scope the supported formats can be "
"queried, modified as well as support for more formats added (see also "
"<option>APT::Compressor</option>). The syntax for this is: <placeholder "
"type=\"synopsis\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Acquire::CompressionTypes::Order:: \"gz\";"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Acquire::CompressionTypes::Order { \"xz\"; \"gz\"; };"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Also, the <literal>Order</literal> subgroup can be used to define in which "
"order the acquire system will try to download the compressed files. The "
"acquire system will try the first and proceed with the next compression type "
"in this list on error, so to prefer one over the other type simply add the "
"preferred type first - types not already added will be implicitly appended "
"to the end of the list, so e.g. <placeholder type=\"synopsis\" id=\"0\"/> "
"can be used to prefer <command>gzip</command> compressed files over all "
"other compression formats.  If <command>xz</command> should be preferred "
"over <command>gzip</command> and <command>bzip2</command> the configure "
"setting should look like this: <placeholder type=\"synopsis\" id=\"1\"/> It "
"is not needed to add <literal>bz2</literal> to the list explicitly as it "
"will be added automatically."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><literallayout>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Dir::Bin::bzip2 \"/bin/bzip2\";"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Note that the "
"<literal>Dir::Bin::<replaceable>Methodname</replaceable></literal> will be "
"checked at run time. If this option has been set and support for this format "
"isn't directly built into apt, the method will only be used if this file "
"exists; e.g. for the <literal>bzip2</literal> method (the inbuilt) setting "
"is: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> Note also that list "
"entries specified on the command line will be added at the end of the list "
"specified in the configuration files, but before the default entries. To "
"prefer a type in this case over the ones specified in the configuration "
"files you can set the option direct - not in list style.  This will not "
"override the defined list; it will only prefix the list with this type."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The special type <literal>uncompressed</literal> can be used to give "
"uncompressed files a preference, but note that most archives don't provide "
"uncompressed files so this is mostly only useable for local mirrors."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"When downloading <literal>gzip</literal> compressed indexes (Packages, "
"Sources, or Translations), keep them gzip compressed locally instead of "
"unpacking them. This saves quite a lot of disk space at the expense of more "
"CPU requirements when building the local package caches. False by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The Languages subsection controls which <filename>Translation</filename> "
"files are downloaded and in which order APT tries to display the "
"description-translations. APT will try to display the first available "
"description in the language which is listed first. Languages can be defined "
"with their short or long language codes. Note that not all archives provide "
"<filename>Translation</filename> files for every language - the long "
"language codes are especially rare."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Acquire::Languages { \"environment\"; \"de\"; \"en\"; \"none\"; \"fr\"; };"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The default list includes \"environment\" and "
"\"en\". \"<literal>environment</literal>\" has a special meaning here: it "
"will be replaced at runtime with the language codes extracted from the "
"<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> environment variable.  It will also ensure "
"that these codes are not included twice in the list. If "
"<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> is set to \"C\" only the "
"<filename>Translation-en</filename> file (if available) will be used.  To "
"force APT to use no Translation file use the setting "
"<literal>Acquire::Languages=none</literal>. \"<literal>none</literal>\" is "
"another special meaning code which will stop the search for a suitable "
"<filename>Translation</filename> file.  This tells APT to download these "
"translations too, without actually using them unless the environment "
"specifies the languages. So the following example configuration will result "
"in the order \"en, de\" in an English locale or \"de, en\" in a German "
"one. Note that \"fr\" is downloaded, but not used unless APT is used in a "
"French locale (where the order would be \"fr, de, en\").  <placeholder "
"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Note: To prevent problems resulting from APT being executed in different "
"environments (e.g. by different users or by other programs) all Translation "
"files which are found in <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists/</filename> will be "
"added to the end of the list (after an implicit "
"\"<literal>none</literal>\")."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "When downloading, force to use only the IPv4 protocol."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "When downloading, force to use only the IPv6 protocol."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The maximum file size of Release/Release.gpg/InRelease files.  The default "
"is 10MB."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"This option controls if apt will use the DNS SRV server record as specified "
"in RFC 2782 to select an alternative server to connect to.  The default is "
"\"true\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Allow update operations to load data files from repositories without "
"sufficient security information.  The default value is "
"\"<literal>false</literal>\".  Concept, implications as well as alternatives "
"are detailed in &apt-secure;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Allow update operations to load data files from repositories which provide "
"security information, but these are deemed no longer cryptographically "
"strong enough.  The default value is \"<literal>false</literal>\".  Concept, "
"implications as well as alternatives are detailed in &apt-secure;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Allow that a repository that was previously gpg signed to become unsigned "
"during an update operation. When there is no valid signature for a "
"previously trusted repository apt will refuse the update. This option can be "
"used to override this protection. You almost certainly never want to enable "
"this. The default is <literal>false</literal>.  Concept, implications as "
"well as alternatives are detailed in &apt-secure;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "scope"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Acquiring changelogs can only be done if an URI is known from where to get "
"them.  Preferable the Release file indicates this in a 'Changelogs' "
"field. If this isn't available the Label/Origin field of the Release file is "
"used to check if a "
"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> "
"or "
"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> "
"option exists and if so this value is taken. The value in the Release file "
"can be overridden with "
"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> "
"or "
"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal>.  "
"The value should be a normal URI to a text file, except that package "
"specific data is replaced with the placeholder "
"<literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. The value for it is: 1. if the package is "
"from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>)  this is the first part "
"otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source package name, except "
"if the source package name starts with '<literal>lib</literal>' in which "
"case it will be the first four letters. 3. The complete source package "
"name. 4. the complete name again and 5. the source version.  The first (if "
"present), second, third and fourth part are separated by a slash "
"('<literal>/</literal>')  and between the fourth and fifth part is an "
"underscore ('<literal>_</literal>').  The special value "
"'<literal>no</literal>' is available for this option indicating that this "
"source can't be used to acquire changelog files from. Another source will be "
"tried if available in this case."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "Binary specific configuration"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Especially with the introduction of the <command>apt</command> binary it can "
"be useful to set certain options only for a specific binary as even options "
"which look like they would effect only a certain binary like "
"<option>APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> effect <command>apt-get</command> "
"as well as <command>apt</command>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Setting an option for a specific binary only can be achieved by setting the "
"option inside the "
"<option>Binary::<replaceable>specific-binary</replaceable></option> "
"scope. Setting the option <option>APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> for the "
"<command>apt</command> only can e.g. by done by setting "
"<option>Binary::apt::APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> instead."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Note that as seen in the DESCRIPTION section further above you can't set "
"binary-specific options on the commandline itself nor in configuration files "
"loaded via the commandline."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "Directories"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The <literal>Dir::State</literal> section has directories that pertain to "
"local state information. <literal>lists</literal> is the directory to place "
"downloaded package lists in and <literal>status</literal> is the name of the "
"&dpkg; status file.  <literal>preferences</literal> is the name of the APT "
"<filename>preferences</filename> file.  <literal>Dir::State</literal> "
"contains the default directory to prefix on all sub-items if they do not "
"start with <filename>/</filename> or <filename>./</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>Dir::Cache</literal> contains locations pertaining to local cache "
"information, such as the two package caches <literal>srcpkgcache</literal> "
"and <literal>pkgcache</literal> as well as the location to place downloaded "
"archives, <literal>Dir::Cache::archives</literal>. Generation of caches can "
"be turned off by setting <literal>pkgcache</literal> or "
"<literal>srcpkgcache</literal> to <literal>\"\"</literal>.  This will slow "
"down startup but save disk space. It is probably preferable to turn off the "
"pkgcache rather than the srcpkgcache.  Like <literal>Dir::State</literal> "
"the default directory is contained in <literal>Dir::Cache</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>Dir::Etc</literal> contains the location of configuration files, "
"<literal>sourcelist</literal> gives the location of the sourcelist and "
"<literal>main</literal> is the default configuration file (setting has no "
"effect, unless it is done from the config file specified by "
"<envar>APT_CONFIG</envar>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The <literal>Dir::Parts</literal> setting reads in all the config fragments "
"in lexical order from the directory specified. After this is done then the "
"main config file is loaded."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Binary programs are pointed to by "
"<literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. <literal>Dir::Bin::Methods</literal> specifies "
"the location of the method handlers and <literal>gzip</literal>, "
"<literal>bzip2</literal>, <literal>lzma</literal>, <literal>dpkg</literal>, "
"<literal>apt-get</literal> <literal>dpkg-source</literal> "
"<literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> and <literal>apt-cache</literal> "
"specify the location of the respective programs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The configuration item <literal>RootDir</literal> has a special meaning.  If "
"set, all paths will be relative to <literal>RootDir</literal>, "
"<emphasis>even paths that are specified absolutely</emphasis>.  So, for "
"instance, if <literal>RootDir</literal> is set to "
"<filename>/tmp/staging</filename> and <literal>Dir::State::status</literal> "
"is set to <filename>/var/lib/dpkg/status</filename>, then the status file "
"will be looked up in <filename>/tmp/staging/var/lib/dpkg/status</filename>.  "
"If you want to prefix only relative paths, set <literal>Dir</literal> "
"instead."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The <literal>Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> list can be used to specify "
"which files APT should silently ignore while parsing the files in the "
"fragment directories. Per default a file which end with "
"<literal>.disabled</literal>, <literal>~</literal>, <literal>.bak</literal> "
"or <literal>.dpkg-[a-z]+</literal> is silently ignored. As seen in the last "
"default value these patterns can use regular expression syntax."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "APT in DSelect"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"When APT is used as a &dselect; method several configuration directives "
"control the default behavior. These are in the <literal>DSelect</literal> "
"section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Cache Clean mode; this value may be one of <literal>always</literal>, "
"<literal>prompt</literal>, <literal>auto</literal>, "
"<literal>pre-auto</literal> and <literal>never</literal>.  "
"<literal>always</literal> and <literal>prompt</literal> will remove all "
"packages from the cache after upgrading, <literal>prompt</literal> (the "
"default) does so conditionally.  <literal>auto</literal> removes only those "
"packages which are no longer downloadable (replaced with a new version for "
"instance).  <literal>pre-auto</literal> performs this action before "
"downloading new packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The contents of this variable are passed to &apt-get; as command line "
"options when it is run for the install phase."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The contents of this variable are passed to &apt-get; as command line "
"options when it is run for the update phase."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"If true the [U]pdate operation in &dselect; will always prompt to continue.  "
"The default is to prompt only on error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "How APT calls &dpkg;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Several configuration directives control how APT invokes &dpkg;. These are "
"in the <literal>DPkg</literal> section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"This is a list of options to pass to &dpkg;. The options must be specified "
"using the list notation and each list item is passed as a single argument to "
"&dpkg;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"This is a list of shell commands to run before/after invoking &dpkg;.  Like "
"<literal>options</literal> this must be specified in list notation. The "
"commands are invoked in order using <filename>/bin/sh</filename>; should any "
"fail APT will abort."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"This is a list of shell commands to run before invoking &dpkg;. Like "
"<literal>options</literal> this must be specified in list notation. The "
"commands are invoked in order using <filename>/bin/sh</filename>; should any "
"fail APT will abort. APT will pass the filenames of all .deb files it is "
"going to install to the commands, one per line on the requested file "
"descriptor, defaulting to standard input."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Version 2 of this protocol sends more information through the requested file "
"descriptor: a line with the text <literal>VERSION 2</literal>, the APT "
"configuration space, and a list of package actions with filename and version "
"information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Each configuration directive line has the form "
"<literal>key=value</literal>.  Special characters (equal signs, newlines, "
"nonprintable characters, quotation marks, and percent signs in "
"<literal>key</literal> and newlines, nonprintable characters, and percent "
"signs in <literal>value</literal>) are %-encoded. Lists are represented by "
"multiple <literal>key::=value</literal> lines with the same key. The "
"configuration section ends with a blank line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Package action lines consist of five fields in Version 2: package name "
"(without architecture qualification even if foreign), old version, direction "
"of version change (&lt; for upgrades, &gt; for downgrades, = for no change), "
"new version, action. The version fields are \"-\" for no version at all (for "
"example when installing a package for the first time; no version is treated "
"as earlier than any real version, so that is an upgrade, indicated as "
"<literal>- &lt; 1.23.4</literal>). The action field is \"**CONFIGURE**\" if "
"the package is being configured, \"**REMOVE**\" if it is being removed, or "
"the filename of a .deb file if it is being unpacked."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"In Version 3 after each version field follows the architecture of this "
"version, which is \"-\" if there is no version, and a field showing the "
"MultiArch type \"same\", \"foreign\", \"allowed\" or \"none\". Note that "
"\"none\" is an incorrect typename which is just kept to remain compatible, "
"it should be read as \"no\" and users are encouraged to support both."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The version of the protocol to be used for the command "
"<literal><replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> can be chosen by setting "
"<literal>DPkg::Tools::options::<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>::Version</literal> "
"accordingly, the default being version 1. If APT isn't supporting the "
"requested version it will send the information in the highest version it has "
"support for instead."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The file descriptor to be used to send the information can be requested with "
"<literal>DPkg::Tools::options::<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>::InfoFD</literal> "
"which defaults to <literal>0</literal> for standard input and is available "
"since version 0.9.11. Support for the option can be detected by looking for "
"the environment variable <envar>APT_HOOK_INFO_FD</envar> which contains the "
"number of the used file descriptor as a confirmation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"APT chdirs to this directory before invoking &dpkg;, the default is "
"<filename>/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"These options are passed to &dpkg-buildpackage; when compiling packages; the "
"default is to disable signing and produce all binaries."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "dpkg trigger usage (and related options)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"APT can call &dpkg; in such a way as to let it make aggressive use of "
"triggers over multiple calls of &dpkg;. Without further options &dpkg; will "
"use triggers once each time it runs.  Activating these options can therefore "
"decrease the time needed to perform the install or upgrade. Note that it is "
"intended to activate these options per default in the future, but as it "
"drastically changes the way APT calls &dpkg; it needs a lot more testing.  "
"<emphasis>These options are therefore currently experimental and should not "
"be used in production environments.</emphasis> It also breaks progress "
"reporting such that all front-ends will currently stay around half (or more) "
"of the time in the 100% state while it actually configures all packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><literallayout>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"DPkg::NoTriggers \"true\";\n"
"PackageManager::Configure \"smart\";\n"
"DPkg::ConfigurePending \"true\";\n"
"DPkg::TriggersPending \"true\";"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Note that it is not guaranteed that APT will support these options or that "
"these options will not cause (big) trouble in the future. If you have "
"understand the current risks and problems with these options, but are brave "
"enough to help testing them, create a new configuration file and test a "
"combination of options. Please report any bugs, problems and improvements "
"you encounter and make sure to note which options you have used in your "
"reports. Asking &dpkg; for help could also be useful for debugging proposes, "
"see e.g. <command>dpkg --audit</command>. A defensive option combination "
"would be <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Add the no triggers flag to all &dpkg; calls (except the ConfigurePending "
"call).  See &dpkg; if you are interested in what this actually means. In "
"short: &dpkg; will not run the triggers when this flag is present unless it "
"is explicitly called to do so in an extra call.  Note that this option "
"exists (undocumented) also in older APT versions with a slightly different "
"meaning: Previously these option only append --no-triggers to the configure "
"calls to &dpkg; - now APT will also add this flag to the unpack and remove "
"calls."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Valid values are \"<literal>all</literal>\", \"<literal>smart</literal>\" "
"and \"<literal>no</literal>\".  The default value is "
"\"<literal>all</literal>\", which causes APT to configure all packages. The "
"\"<literal>smart</literal>\" way is to configure only packages which need to "
"be configured before another package can be unpacked (Pre-Depends), and let "
"the rest be configured by &dpkg; with a call generated by the "
"ConfigurePending option (see below). On the other hand, "
"\"<literal>no</literal>\" will not configure anything, and totally relies on "
"&dpkg; for configuration (which at the moment will fail if a Pre-Depends is "
"encountered). Setting this option to any value other than "
"<literal>all</literal> will implicitly also activate the next option by "
"default, as otherwise the system could end in an unconfigured and "
"potentially unbootable state."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"If this option is set APT will call <command>dpkg --configure "
"--pending</command> to let &dpkg; handle all required configurations and "
"triggers. This option is activated automatically per default if the previous "
"option is not set to <literal>all</literal>, but deactivating it could be "
"useful if you want to run APT multiple times in a row - e.g. in an "
"installer. In these sceneries you could deactivate this option in all but "
"the last run."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Useful for the <literal>smart</literal> configuration as a package which has "
"pending triggers is not considered as <literal>installed</literal>, and "
"&dpkg; treats them as <literal>unpacked</literal> currently which is a "
"showstopper for Pre-Dependencies (see debbugs #526774). Note that this will "
"process all triggers, not only the triggers needed to configure this "
"package."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><literallayout>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"OrderList::Score {\n"
"\tDelete 500;\n"
"\tEssential 200;\n"
"\tImmediate 10;\n"
"\tPreDepends 50;\n"
"};"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Essential packages (and their dependencies) should be configured immediately "
"after unpacking. It is a good idea to do this quite early in the upgrade "
"process as these configure calls also currently require "
"<literal>DPkg::TriggersPending</literal> which will run quite a few triggers "
"(which may not be needed). Essentials get per default a high score but the "
"immediate flag is relatively low (a package which has a Pre-Depends is rated "
"higher).  These option and the others in the same group can be used to "
"change the scoring. The following example shows the settings with their "
"default values.  <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "Periodic and Archives options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>APT::Periodic</literal> and <literal>APT::Archives</literal> groups "
"of options configure behavior of apt periodic updates, which is done by the "
"<literal>/etc/cron.daily/apt</literal> script. See the top of this script "
"for the brief documentation of these options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "Debug options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Enabling options in the <literal>Debug::</literal> section will cause "
"debugging information to be sent to the standard error stream of the program "
"utilizing the <literal>apt</literal> libraries, or enable special program "
"modes that are primarily useful for debugging the behavior of "
"<literal>apt</literal>.  Most of these options are not interesting to a "
"normal user, but a few may be:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> enables output about the "
"decisions made by <literal>dist-upgrade, upgrade, install, remove, "
"purge</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>Debug::NoLocking</literal> disables all file locking.  This can be "
"used to run some operations (for instance, <literal>apt-get -s "
"install</literal>) as a non-root user."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>Debug::pkgDPkgPM</literal> prints out the actual command line each "
"time that <literal>apt</literal> invokes &dpkg;."
msgstr ""

#.  TODO: provide a
#.         motivating example, except I haven't a clue why you'd want
#.         to do this. 
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>Debug::IdentCdrom</literal> disables the inclusion of statfs data "
"in CD-ROM IDs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "A full list of debugging options to apt follows."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "Print information related to accessing <literal>cdrom://</literal> sources."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "Print information related to downloading packages using FTP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "Print information related to downloading packages using HTTP."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "Print information related to downloading packages using HTTPS."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Print information related to verifying cryptographic signatures using "
"<literal>gpg</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Output information about the process of accessing collections of packages "
"stored on CD-ROMs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "Describes the process of resolving build-dependencies in &apt-get;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Output each cryptographic hash that is generated by the "
"<literal>apt</literal> libraries."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Do not include information from <literal>statfs</literal>, namely the number "
"of used and free blocks on the CD-ROM filesystem, when generating an ID for "
"a CD-ROM."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Disable all file locking.  For instance, this will allow two instances of "
"<quote><literal>apt-get update</literal></quote> to run at the same time."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "Log when items are added to or removed from the global download queue."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Output status messages and errors related to verifying checksums and "
"cryptographic signatures of downloaded files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Output information about downloading and applying package index list diffs, "
"and errors relating to package index list diffs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Output information related to patching apt package lists when downloading "
"index diffs instead of full indices."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "Log all interactions with the sub-processes that actually perform downloads."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Log events related to the automatically-installed status of packages and to "
"the removal of unused packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Generate debug messages describing which packages are being automatically "
"installed to resolve dependencies.  This corresponds to the initial "
"auto-install pass performed in, e.g., <literal>apt-get install</literal>, "
"and not to the full <literal>apt</literal> dependency resolver; see "
"<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> for that."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Generate debug messages describing which packages are marked as "
"keep/install/remove while the ProblemResolver does his work.  Each addition "
"or deletion may trigger additional actions; they are shown indented two "
"additional spaces under the original entry.  The format for each line is "
"<literal>MarkKeep</literal>, <literal>MarkDelete</literal> or "
"<literal>MarkInstall</literal> followed by <literal>package-name &lt;a.b.c "
"-&gt; d.e.f | x.y.z&gt; (section)</literal> where <literal>a.b.c</literal> "
"is the current version of the package, <literal>d.e.f</literal> is the "
"version considered for installation and <literal>x.y.z</literal> is a newer "
"version, but not considered for installation (because of a low pin "
"score). The later two can be omitted if there is none or if it is the same "
"as the installed version.  <literal>section</literal> is the name of the "
"section the package appears in."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"When invoking &dpkg;, output the precise command line with which it is being "
"invoked, with arguments separated by a single space character."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Output all the data received from &dpkg; on the status file descriptor and "
"any errors encountered while parsing it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Generate a trace of the algorithm that decides the order in which "
"<literal>apt</literal> should pass packages to &dpkg;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "Output status messages tracing the steps performed when invoking &dpkg;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "Output the priority of each package list on startup."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Trace the execution of the dependency resolver (this applies only to what "
"happens when a complex dependency problem is encountered)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Display a list of all installed packages with their calculated score used by "
"the pkgProblemResolver. The description of the package is the same as "
"described in <literal>Debug::pkgDepCache::Marker</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Print information about the vendors read from "
"<filename>/etc/apt/vendors.list</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Display the external commands that are called by apt hooks.  This includes "
"e.g. the config options <literal>DPkg::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal> or "
"<literal>APT::Update::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 sources.list.5.xml:1
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "Examples"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"&configureindex; is a configuration file showing example values for all "
"possible options."
msgstr ""

#.  ? reading apt.conf 
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt.conf.5.xml:1
msgid "&apt-cache;, &apt-config;, &apt-preferences;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "Preference control file for APT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The APT preferences file <filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename> and the "
"fragment files in the <filename>/etc/apt/preferences.d/</filename> folder "
"can be used to control which versions of packages will be selected for "
"installation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Several versions of a package may be available for installation when the "
"&sources-list; file contains references to more than one distribution (for "
"example, <literal>stable</literal> and <literal>testing</literal>).  APT "
"assigns a priority to each version that is available.  Subject to dependency "
"constraints, <command>apt-get</command> selects the version with the highest "
"priority for installation.  The APT preferences override the priorities that "
"APT assigns to package versions by default, thus giving the user control "
"over which one is selected for installation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Several instances of the same version of a package may be available when the "
"&sources-list; file contains references to more than one source.  In this "
"case <command>apt-get</command> downloads the instance listed earliest in "
"the &sources-list; file.  The APT preferences do not affect the choice of "
"instance, only the choice of version."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Preferences are a strong power in the hands of a system administrator but "
"they can become also their biggest nightmare if used without care! APT will "
"not question the preferences, so wrong settings can lead to uninstallable "
"packages or wrong decisions while upgrading packages.  Even more problems "
"will arise if multiple distribution releases are mixed without a good "
"understanding of the following paragraphs.  Packages included in a specific "
"release aren't tested in (and therefore don't always work as expected in) "
"older or newer releases, or together with other packages from different "
"releases.  You have been warned."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Note that the files in the <filename>/etc/apt/preferences.d</filename> "
"directory are parsed in alphanumeric ascending order and need to obey the "
"following naming convention: The files have either no or "
"\"<literal>pref</literal>\" as filename extension and only contain "
"alphanumeric, hyphen (-), underscore (_) and period (.) characters.  "
"Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has ignored a file, unless that "
"file matches a pattern in the <literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> "
"configuration list - in which case it will be silently ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "APT's Default Priority Assignments"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<command>apt-get install -t testing "
"<replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command>\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "APT::Default-Release \"stable\";\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"If there is no preferences file or if there is no entry in the file that "
"applies to a particular version then the priority assigned to that version "
"is the priority of the distribution to which that version belongs.  It is "
"possible to single out a distribution, \"the target release\", which "
"receives a higher priority than other distributions do by default.  The "
"target release can be set on the <command>apt-get</command> command line or "
"in the APT configuration file <filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename>.  Note "
"that this has precedence over any general priority you set in the "
"<filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename> file described later, but not over "
"specifically pinned packages.  For example, <placeholder "
"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
"id=\"1\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"If the target release has been specified then APT uses the following "
"algorithm to set the priorities of the versions of a package.  Assign:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "priority 1"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"to the versions coming from archives which in their "
"<filename>Release</filename> files are marked as \"NotAutomatic: yes\" but "
"<emphasis>not</emphasis> as \"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\" like the Debian "
"<literal>experimental</literal> archive."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "priority 100"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"to the version that is already installed (if any) and to the versions coming "
"from archives which in their <filename>Release</filename> files are marked "
"as \"NotAutomatic: yes\" and \"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\" like the Debian "
"backports archive since <literal>squeeze-backports</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "priority 500"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "to the versions that do not belong to the target release."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "priority 990"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "to the versions that belong to the target release."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The highest of those priorities whose description matches the version is "
"assigned to the version."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"If the target release has not been specified then APT simply assigns "
"priority 100 to all installed package versions and priority 500 to all "
"uninstalled package versions, except versions coming from archives which in "
"their <filename>Release</filename> files are marked as \"NotAutomatic: yes\" "
"- these versions get the priority 1 or priority 100 if it is additionally "
"marked as \"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"APT then applies the following rules, listed in order of precedence, to "
"determine which version of a package to install."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Never downgrade unless the priority of an available version exceeds 1000.  "
"(\"Downgrading\" is installing a less recent version of a package in place "
"of a more recent version.  Note that none of APT's default priorities "
"exceeds 1000; such high priorities can only be set in the preferences file.  "
"Note also that downgrading a package can be risky.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "Install the highest priority version."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"If two or more versions have the same priority, install the most recent one "
"(that is, the one with the higher version number)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"If two or more versions have the same priority and version number but either "
"the packages differ in some of their metadata or the "
"<literal>--reinstall</literal> option is given, install the uninstalled one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"In a typical situation, the installed version of a package (priority 100)  "
"is not as recent as one of the versions available from the sources listed in "
"the &sources-list; file (priority 500 or 990).  Then the package will be "
"upgraded when <command>apt-get install "
"<replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command> or <command>apt-get "
"upgrade</command> is executed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"More rarely, the installed version of a package is <emphasis>more</emphasis> "
"recent than any of the other available versions.  The package will not be "
"downgraded when <command>apt-get install "
"<replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command> or <command>apt-get "
"upgrade</command> is executed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Sometimes the installed version of a package is more recent than the version "
"belonging to the target release, but not as recent as a version belonging to "
"some other distribution.  Such a package will indeed be upgraded when "
"<command>apt-get install <replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command> "
"or <command>apt-get upgrade</command> is executed, because at least "
"<emphasis>one</emphasis> of the available versions has a higher priority "
"than the installed version."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "The Effect of APT Preferences"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The APT preferences file allows the system administrator to control the "
"assignment of priorities.  The file consists of one or more multi-line "
"records separated by blank lines.  Records can have one of two forms, a "
"specific form and a general form."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The specific form assigns a priority (a \"Pin-Priority\") to one or more "
"specified packages with a specified version or version range.  For example, "
"the following record assigns a high priority to all versions of the "
"<filename>perl</filename> package whose version number begins with "
"\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\".  Multiple packages can be separated by "
"spaces."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: perl\n"
"Pin: version &good-perl;*\n"
"Pin-Priority: 1001\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The general form assigns a priority to all of the package versions in a "
"given distribution (that is, to all the versions of packages that are listed "
"in a certain <filename>Release</filename> file) or to all of the package "
"versions coming from a particular Internet site, as identified by the site's "
"fully qualified domain name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"This general-form entry in the APT preferences file applies only to groups "
"of packages.  For example, the following record assigns a high priority to "
"all package versions available from the local site."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: *\n"
"Pin: origin \"\"\n"
"Pin-Priority: 999\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"A note of caution: the keyword used here is \"<literal>origin</literal>\" "
"which can be used to match a hostname. The following record will assign a "
"high priority to all versions available from the server identified by the "
"hostname \"ftp.de.debian.org\""
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: *\n"
"Pin: origin \"ftp.de.debian.org\"\n"
"Pin-Priority: 999\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"This should <emphasis>not</emphasis> be confused with the Origin of a "
"distribution as specified in a <filename>Release</filename> file.  What "
"follows the \"Origin:\" tag in a <filename>Release</filename> file is not an "
"Internet address but an author or vendor name, such as \"Debian\" or "
"\"Ximian\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The following record assigns a low priority to all package versions "
"belonging to any distribution whose Archive name is "
"\"<literal>unstable</literal>\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: *\n"
"Pin: release a=unstable\n"
"Pin-Priority: 50\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The following record assigns a high priority to all package versions "
"belonging to any distribution whose Codename is "
"\"<literal>&debian-testing-codename;</literal>\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: *\n"
"Pin: release n=&debian-testing-codename;\n"
"Pin-Priority: 900\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The following record assigns a high priority to all package versions "
"belonging to any release whose Archive name is \"<literal>stable</literal>\" "
"and whose release Version number is "
"\"<literal>&debian-stable-version;</literal>\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: *\n"
"Pin: release a=stable, v=&debian-stable-version;\n"
"Pin-Priority: 500\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The effect of the comma operator is similar to an \"and\" in logic: All "
"conditions must be satisfied for the pin to match. There is one exception: "
"For any type of condition (such as two \"a\" conditions), only the last such "
"condition is checked."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "Regular expressions and &glob; syntax"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"APT also supports pinning by &glob; expressions, and regular expressions "
"surrounded by slashes. For example, the following example assigns the "
"priority 500 to all packages from experimental where the name starts with "
"gnome (as a &glob;-like expression) or contains the word kde (as a POSIX "
"extended regular expression surrounded by slashes)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: gnome* /kde/\n"
"Pin: release a=experimental\n"
"Pin-Priority: 500\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The rule for those expressions is that they can occur anywhere where a "
"string can occur. Thus, the following pin assigns the priority 990 to all "
"packages from a release starting with &ubuntu-codename;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: *\n"
"Pin: release n=&ubuntu-codename;*\n"
"Pin-Priority: 990\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"If a regular expression occurs in a <literal>Package</literal> field, the "
"behavior is the same as if this regular expression were replaced with a list "
"of all package names it matches. It is undecided whether this will change in "
"the future; thus you should always list wild-card pins first, so later "
"specific pins override it.  The pattern \"<literal>*</literal>\" in a "
"Package field is not considered a &glob; expression in itself."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "How APT Interprets Priorities"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Priorities (P) assigned in the APT preferences file must be positive or "
"negative integers.  They are interpreted as follows (roughly speaking):"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "P &gt;= 1000"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"causes a version to be installed even if this constitutes a downgrade of the "
"package"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "990 &lt;= P &lt; 1000"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"causes a version to be installed even if it does not come from the target "
"release, unless the installed version is more recent"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "500 &lt;= P &lt; 990"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"causes a version to be installed unless there is a version available "
"belonging to the target release or the installed version is more recent"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "100 &lt;= P &lt; 500"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"causes a version to be installed unless there is a version available "
"belonging to some other distribution or the installed version is more recent"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "0 &lt; P &lt; 100"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"causes a version to be installed only if there is no installed version of "
"the package"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "P &lt; 0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "prevents the version from being installed"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "P = 0"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "has undefined behaviour, do not use it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The first specific-form record matching an available package version "
"determines the priority of the package version.  Failing that, the priority "
"of the package is defined as the maximum of all priorities defined by "
"generic-form records matching the version.  Records defined using patterns "
"in the Pin field other than \"*\" are treated like specific-form records."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"For example, suppose the APT preferences file contains the three records "
"presented earlier:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: perl\n"
"Pin: version &good-perl;*\n"
"Pin-Priority: 1001\n"
"\n"
"Package: *\n"
"Pin: origin \"\"\n"
"Pin-Priority: 999\n"
"\n"
"Package: *\n"
"Pin: release unstable\n"
"Pin-Priority: 50\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "Then:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The most recent available version of the <literal>perl</literal> package "
"will be installed, so long as that version's version number begins with "
"\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\".  If <emphasis>any</emphasis> "
"&good-perl;* version of <literal>perl</literal> is available and the "
"installed version is &bad-perl;*, then <literal>perl</literal> will be "
"downgraded."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"A version of any package other than <literal>perl</literal> that is "
"available from the local system has priority over other versions, even "
"versions belonging to the target release."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"A version of a package whose origin is not the local system but some other "
"site listed in &sources-list; and which belongs to an "
"<literal>unstable</literal> distribution is only installed if it is selected "
"for installation and no version of the package is already installed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "Determination of Package Version and Distribution Properties"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The locations listed in the &sources-list; file should provide "
"<filename>Packages</filename> and <filename>Release</filename> files to "
"describe the packages available at that location."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The <filename>Packages</filename> file is normally found in the directory "
"<filename>.../dists/<replaceable>dist-name</replaceable>/<replaceable>component</replaceable>/<replaceable>arch</replaceable></filename>: "
"for example, "
"<filename>.../dists/stable/main/binary-i386/Packages</filename>.  It "
"consists of a series of multi-line records, one for each package available "
"in that directory.  Only two lines in each record are relevant for setting "
"APT priorities:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "the <literal>Package:</literal> line"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "gives the package name"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "the <literal>Version:</literal> line"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "gives the version number for the named package"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The <filename>Release</filename> file is normally found in the directory "
"<filename>.../dists/<replaceable>dist-name</replaceable></filename>: for "
"example, <filename>.../dists/stable/Release</filename>, or "
"<filename>.../dists/&debian-stable-codename;/Release</filename>.  It "
"consists of a single multi-line record which applies to "
"<emphasis>all</emphasis> of the packages in the directory tree below its "
"parent.  Unlike the <filename>Packages</filename> file, nearly all of the "
"lines in a <filename>Release</filename> file are relevant for setting APT "
"priorities:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "the <literal>Archive:</literal> or <literal>Suite:</literal> line"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"names the archive to which all the packages in the directory tree belong.  "
"For example, the line \"Archive: stable\" or \"Suite: stable\" specifies "
"that all of the packages in the directory tree below the parent of the "
"<filename>Release</filename> file are in a <literal>stable</literal> "
"archive.  Specifying this value in the APT preferences file would require "
"the line:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Pin: release a=stable\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "the <literal>Codename:</literal> line"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"names the codename to which all the packages in the directory tree belong.  "
"For example, the line \"Codename: &debian-testing-codename;\" specifies that "
"all of the packages in the directory tree below the parent of the "
"<filename>Release</filename> file belong to a version named "
"<literal>&debian-testing-codename;</literal>.  Specifying this value in the "
"APT preferences file would require the line:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Pin: release n=&debian-testing-codename;\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"names the release version.  For example, the packages in the tree might "
"belong to Debian release version &debian-stable-version;.  Note that there "
"is normally no version number for the <literal>testing</literal> and "
"<literal>unstable</literal> distributions because they have not been "
"released yet.  Specifying this in the APT preferences file would require one "
"of the following lines."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Pin: release v=&debian-stable-version;\n"
"Pin: release a=stable, v=&debian-stable-version;\n"
"Pin: release &debian-stable-version;\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "the <literal>Component:</literal> line"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"names the licensing component associated with the packages in the directory "
"tree of the <filename>Release</filename> file.  For example, the line "
"\"Component: main\" specifies that all the packages in the directory tree "
"are from the <literal>main</literal> component, which entails that they are "
"licensed under terms listed in the Debian Free Software Guidelines.  "
"Specifying this component in the APT preferences file would require the "
"line:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Pin: release c=main\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "the <literal>Origin:</literal> line"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"names the originator of the packages in the directory tree of the "
"<filename>Release</filename> file.  Most commonly, this is "
"<literal>Debian</literal>.  Specifying this origin in the APT preferences "
"file would require the line:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Pin: release o=Debian\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "the <literal>Label:</literal> line"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"names the label of the packages in the directory tree of the "
"<filename>Release</filename> file.  Most commonly, this is "
"<literal>Debian</literal>.  Specifying this label in the APT preferences "
"file would require the line:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "Pin: release l=Debian\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"All of the <filename>Packages</filename> and <filename>Release</filename> "
"files retrieved from locations listed in the &sources-list; file are stored "
"in the directory <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists</filename>, or in the file "
"named by the variable <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> in the "
"<filename>apt.conf</filename> file.  For example, the file "
"<filename>debian.lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-i386_Release</filename> "
"contains the <filename>Release</filename> file retrieved from the site "
"<literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> for <literal>binary-i386</literal> "
"architecture files from the <literal>contrib</literal> component of the "
"<literal>unstable</literal> distribution."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "Optional Lines in an APT Preferences Record"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Each record in the APT preferences file can optionally begin with one or "
"more lines beginning with the word <literal>Explanation:</literal>.  This "
"provides a place for comments."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "Tracking Stable"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Explanation: Uninstall or do not install any Debian-originated\n"
"Explanation: package versions other than those in the stable distro\n"
"Package: *\n"
"Pin: release a=stable\n"
"Pin-Priority: 900\n"
"\n"
"Package: *\n"
"Pin: release o=Debian\n"
"Pin-Priority: -10\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The following APT preferences file will cause APT to assign a priority "
"higher than the default (500) to all package versions belonging to a "
"<literal>stable</literal> distribution and a prohibitively low priority to "
"package versions belonging to other <literal>Debian</literal> "
"distributions.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install <replaceable>package-name</replaceable>\n"
"apt-get upgrade\n"
"apt-get dist-upgrade\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"With a suitable &sources-list; file and the above preferences file, any of "
"the following commands will cause APT to upgrade to the latest "
"<literal>stable</literal> version(s).  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
"id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get install <replaceable>package</replaceable>/testing\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The following command will cause APT to upgrade the specified package to the "
"latest version from the <literal>testing</literal> distribution; the package "
"will not be upgraded again unless this command is given again.  <placeholder "
"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "Tracking Testing or Unstable"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: *\n"
"Pin: release a=testing\n"
"Pin-Priority: 900\n"
"\n"
"Package: *\n"
"Pin: release a=unstable\n"
"Pin-Priority: 800\n"
"\n"
"Package: *\n"
"Pin: release o=Debian\n"
"Pin-Priority: -10\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The following APT preferences file will cause APT to assign a high priority "
"to package versions from the <literal>testing</literal> distribution, a "
"lower priority to package versions from the <literal>unstable</literal> "
"distribution, and a prohibitively low priority to package versions from "
"other <literal>Debian</literal> distributions.  <placeholder "
"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"With a suitable &sources-list; file and the above preferences file, any of "
"the following commands will cause APT to upgrade to the latest "
"<literal>testing</literal> version(s).  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
"id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get install <replaceable>package</replaceable>/unstable\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The following command will cause APT to upgrade the specified package to the "
"latest version from the <literal>unstable</literal> distribution.  "
"Thereafter, <command>apt-get upgrade</command> will upgrade the package to "
"the most recent <literal>testing</literal> version if that is more recent "
"than the installed version, otherwise, to the most recent "
"<literal>unstable</literal> version if that is more recent than the "
"installed version.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "Tracking the evolution of a codename release"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Explanation: Uninstall or do not install any Debian-originated package "
"versions\n"
"Explanation: other than those in the distribution codenamed with "
"&debian-testing-codename; or sid\n"
"Package: *\n"
"Pin: release n=&debian-testing-codename;\n"
"Pin-Priority: 900\n"
"\n"
"Explanation: Debian unstable is always codenamed with sid\n"
"Package: *\n"
"Pin: release n=sid\n"
"Pin-Priority: 800\n"
"\n"
"Package: *\n"
"Pin: release o=Debian\n"
"Pin-Priority: -10\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The following APT preferences file will cause APT to assign a priority "
"higher than the default (500) to all package versions belonging to a "
"specified codename of a distribution and a prohibitively low priority to "
"package versions belonging to other <literal>Debian</literal> distributions, "
"codenames and archives.  Note that with this APT preference APT will follow "
"the migration of a release from the archive <literal>testing</literal> to "
"<literal>stable</literal> and later <literal>oldstable</literal>. If you "
"want to follow for example the progress in <literal>testing</literal> "
"notwithstanding the codename changes you should use the example "
"configurations above.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"With a suitable &sources-list; file and the above preferences file, any of "
"the following commands will cause APT to upgrade to the latest version(s) in "
"the release codenamed with <literal>&debian-testing-codename;</literal>.  "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get install <replaceable>package</replaceable>/sid\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The following command will cause APT to upgrade the specified package to the "
"latest version from the <literal>sid</literal> distribution.  Thereafter, "
"<command>apt-get upgrade</command> will upgrade the package to the most "
"recent <literal>&debian-testing-codename;</literal> version if that is more "
"recent than the installed version, otherwise, to the most recent "
"<literal>sid</literal> version if that is more recent than the installed "
"version.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
msgid "&apt-get; &apt-cache; &apt-conf; &sources-list;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid "List of configured APT data sources"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The source list <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and the files "
"contained in <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d/</filename> are designed to "
"support any number of active sources and a variety of source media. The "
"files list one source per line (one-line style) or contain multiline stanzas "
"defining one or more sources per stanza (deb822 style), with the most "
"preferred source listed first (in case a single version is available from "
"more than one source). The information available from the configured sources "
"is acquired by <command>apt-get update</command> (or by an equivalent "
"command from another APT front-end)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid "sources.list.d"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d</filename> directory provides a way to "
"add sources.list entries in separate files.  Two different file formats are "
"allowed as described in the next two sections.  Filenames need to have "
"either the extension <filename>.list</filename> or "
"<filename>.sources</filename> depending on the contained format.  The "
"filenames may only contain letters (a-z and A-Z), digits (0-9), underscore "
"(_), hyphen (-) and period (.) characters.  Otherwise APT will print a "
"notice that it has ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the "
"<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which "
"case it will be silently ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid "One-Line-Style Format"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Files in this format have the extension <filename>.list</filename>.  Each "
"line specifying a source starts with a type "
"(e.g. <literal>deb-src</literal>)  followed by options and arguments for "
"this type.  Individual entries cannot be continued onto a following "
"line. Empty lines are ignored, and a <literal>#</literal> character anywhere "
"on a line marks the remainder of that line as a comment. Consequently an "
"entry can be disabled by commenting out the entire line.  If options should "
"be provided they are separated by spaces and all of them together are "
"enclosed by square brackets (<literal>[]</literal>)  included in the line "
"after the type separated from it with a space.  If an option allows multiple "
"values these are separated from each other with a comma "
"(<literal>,</literal>). An option name is separated from its value(s) by an "
"equals sign (<literal>=</literal>). Multivalue options also have "
"<literal>-=</literal> and <literal>+=</literal> as separators, which instead "
"of replacing the default with the given value(s) modify the default value(s) "
"to remove or include the given values."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"This is the traditional format and supported by all apt versions.  Note that "
"not all options as described below are supported by all apt versions.  Note "
"also that some older applications parsing this format on their own might not "
"expect to encounter options as they were uncommon before the introduction of "
"multi-architecture support."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid "deb822-Style Format"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Files in this format have the extension <filename>.sources</filename>.  The "
"format is similar in syntax to other files used by Debian and its "
"derivatives, such as the metadata files that apt will download from the "
"configured sources or the <filename>debian/control</filename> file in a "
"Debian source package.  Individual entries are separated by an empty line; "
"additional empty lines are ignored, and a <literal>#</literal> character at "
"the start of the line marks the entire line as a comment. An entry can hence "
"be disabled by commenting out each line belonging to the stanza, but it is "
"usually easier to add the field \"Enabled: no\" to the stanza to disable the "
"entry. Removing the field or setting it to yes reenables it.  Options have "
"the same syntax as every other field: A fieldname separated by a colon "
"(<literal>:</literal>) and optionally spaces from its value(s).  Note "
"especially that multiple values are separated by spaces, not by commas as in "
"the one-line format. Multivalue fields like <literal>Architectures</literal> "
"also have <literal>Architectures-Add</literal> and "
"<literal>Architectures-Remove</literal> to modify the default value rather "
"than replacing it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"This is a new format supported by apt itself since version 1.1. Previous "
"versions ignore such files with a notice message as described earlier.  It "
"is intended to make this format gradually the default format, deprecating "
"the previously described one-line-style format, as it is easier to create, "
"extend and modify for humans and machines alike especially if a lot of "
"sources and/or options are involved.  Developers who are working with and/or "
"parsing apt sources are highly encouraged to add support for this format and "
"to contact the APT team to coordinate and share this work. Users can freely "
"adopt this format already, but may encounter problems with software not "
"supporting the format yet."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid "The deb and deb-src Types: General Format"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The <literal>deb</literal> type references a typical two-level Debian "
"archive, <filename>distribution/component</filename>. The "
"<literal>distribution</literal> is generally a suite name like "
"<literal>stable</literal> or <literal>testing</literal> or a codename like "
"<literal>&debian-stable-codename;</literal> or "
"<literal>&debian-testing-codename;</literal> while component is one of "
"<literal>main</literal>, <literal>contrib</literal> or "
"<literal>non-free</literal>. The <literal>deb-src</literal> type references "
"a Debian distribution's source code in the same form as the "
"<literal>deb</literal> type.  A <literal>deb-src</literal> line is required "
"to fetch source indexes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The format for two one-line-style entries using the <literal>deb</literal> "
"and <literal>deb-src</literal> types is:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb [ option1=value1 option2=value2 ] uri suite [component1] [component2] "
"[...]\n"
"deb-src [ option1=value1 option2=value2 ] uri suite [component1] "
"[component2] [...]"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"     Types: deb deb-src\n"
"     URIs: uri\n"
"     Suites: suite\n"
"     Components: [component1] [component2] [...]\n"
"     option1: value1\n"
"     option2: value2\n"
"   "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Alternatively the equivalent entry in deb822 style looks like this: "
"<placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The URI for the <literal>deb</literal> type must specify the base of the "
"Debian distribution, from which APT will find the information it needs.  "
"<literal>suite</literal> can specify an exact path, in which case the "
"components must be omitted and <literal>suite</literal> must end with a "
"slash (<literal>/</literal>). This is useful for the case when only a "
"particular sub-directory of the archive denoted by the URI is of interest.  "
"If <literal>suite</literal> does not specify an exact path, at least one "
"<literal>component</literal> must be present."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"<literal>suite</literal> may also contain a variable, "
"<literal>$(ARCH)</literal> which expands to the Debian architecture (such as "
"<literal>amd64</literal> or <literal>armel</literal>) used on the "
"system. This permits architecture-independent "
"<filename>sources.list</filename> files to be used. In general this is only "
"of interest when specifying an exact path; <literal>APT</literal> will "
"automatically generate a URI with the current architecture otherwise."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Especially in the one-line-style format since only one distribution can be "
"specified per line it may be necessary to have multiple lines for the same "
"URI, if a subset of all available distributions or components at that "
"location is desired.  APT will sort the URI list after it has generated a "
"complete set internally, and will collapse multiple references to the same "
"Internet host, for instance, into a single connection, so that it does not "
"inefficiently establish a connection, close it, do something else, and then "
"re-establish a connection to that same host. APT also parallelizes "
"connections to different hosts to more effectively deal with sites with low "
"bandwidth."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"It is important to list sources in order of preference, with the most "
"preferred source listed first. Typically this will result in sorting by "
"speed from fastest to slowest (CD-ROM followed by hosts on a local network, "
"followed by distant Internet hosts, for example)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "&sourceslist-list-format;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "&sourceslist-sources-format;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in "
"one-line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or "
"like this in deb822 style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" "
"id=\"1\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid "The deb and deb-src types: Options"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Each source entry can have options specified to modify which source is "
"accessed and how data is acquired from it. Format, syntax and names of the "
"options vary between the one-line-style and deb822-style formats as "
"described, but they both have the same options available. For simplicity we "
"list the deb822 fieldname and provide the one-line name in brackets.  "
"Remember that besides setting multivalue options explicitly, there is also "
"the option to modify them based on the default, but we aren't listing those "
"names explicitly here. Unsupported options are silently ignored by all APT "
"versions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"<option>Architectures</option> (<option>arch</option>) is a multivalue "
"option defining for which architectures information should be downloaded. If "
"this option isn't set the default is all architectures as defined by the "
"<option>APT::Architectures</option> config option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"<option>Languages</option> (<option>lang</option>) is a multivalue option "
"defining for which languages information such as translated package "
"descriptions should be downloaded.  If this option isn't set the default is "
"all languages as defined by the <option>Acquire::Languages</option> config "
"option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"<option>Targets</option> (<option>target</option>) is a multivalue option "
"defining which download targets apt will try to acquire from this source. If "
"not specified, the default set is defined by the "
"<option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> configuration scope (targets are "
"specified by their name in the <literal>Created-By</literal> field).  "
"Additionally, targets can be enabled or disabled by using the "
"<literal>Identifier</literal> field as an option with a boolean value "
"instead of using this multivalue option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"<option>PDiffs</option> (<option>pdiffs</option>)  is a yes/no value which "
"controls if APT should try to use PDiffs to update old indexes instead of "
"downloading the new indexes entirely. The value of this option is ignored if "
"the repository doesn't announce the availability of PDiffs.  Defaults to the "
"value of the option with the same name for a specific index file defined in "
"the <option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> scope, which itself defaults to "
"the value of configuration option <option>Acquire::PDiffs</option> which "
"defaults to <literal>yes</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"<option>By-Hash</option> (<option>by-hash</option>)  can have the value "
"<literal>yes</literal>, <literal>no</literal> or <literal>force</literal> "
"and controls if APT should try to acquire indexes via a URI constructed from "
"a hashsum of the expected file instead of using the well-known stable "
"filename of the index. Using this can avoid hashsum mismatches, but requires "
"a supporting mirror. A <literal>yes</literal> or <literal>no</literal> value "
"activates/disables the use of this feature if this source indicates support "
"for it, while <literal>force</literal> will enable the feature regardless of "
"what the source indicates. Defaults to the value of the option of the same "
"name for a specific index file defined in the "
"<option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> scope, which itself defaults to the "
"value of configuration option <option>Acquire::By-Hash</option> which "
"defaults to <literal>yes</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Furthermore, there are options which if set affect <emphasis>all</emphasis> "
"sources with the same URI and Suite, so they have to be set on all such "
"entries and can not be varied between different components. APT will try to "
"detect and error out on such anomalies."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"<option>Allow-Insecure</option> (<option>allow-insecure</option>), "
"<option>Allow-Weak</option> (<option>allow-weak</option>) and "
"<option>Allow-Downgrade-To-Insecure</option> "
"(<option>allow-downgrade-to-insecure</option>)  are boolean values which all "
"default to <literal>no</literal>.  If set to <literal>yes</literal> they "
"circumvent parts of &apt-secure; and should therefore not be used lightly!"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"<option>Trusted</option> (<option>trusted</option>)  is a tri-state value "
"which defaults to APT deciding if a source is considered trusted or if "
"warnings should be raised before e.g.  packages are installed from this "
"source. This option can be used to override that decision. The value "
"<literal>yes</literal> tells APT always to consider this source as trusted, "
"even if it doesn't pass authentication checks. It disables parts of "
"&apt-secure;, and should therefore only be used in a local and trusted "
"context (if at all) as otherwise security is breached. The value "
"<literal>no</literal> does the opposite, causing the source to be handled as "
"untrusted even if the authentication checks passed successfully. The default "
"value can't be set explicitly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"<option>Signed-By</option> (<option>signed-by</option>)  is either an "
"absolute path to a keyring file (has to be accessible and readable for the "
"<literal>_apt</literal> user, so ensure everyone has read-permissions on the "
"file) or one or more fingerprints of keys either in the "
"<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> keyring or in the keyrings in the "
"<filename>trusted.gpg.d/</filename> directory (see <command>apt-key "
"fingerprint</command>). If the option is set, only the key(s) in this "
"keyring or only the keys with these fingerprints are used for the "
"&apt-secure; verification of this repository. Defaults to the value of the "
"option with the same name if set in the previously acquired "
"<filename>Release</filename> file.  Otherwise all keys in the trusted "
"keyrings are considered valid signers for this repository."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"<option>Check-Valid-Until</option> (<option>check-valid-until</option>)  is "
"a yes/no value which controls if APT should try to detect replay attacks. A "
"repository creator can declare a time until which the data provided in the "
"repository should be considered valid, and if this time is reached, but no "
"new data is provided, the data is considered expired and an error is "
"raised.  Besides increasing security, as a malicious attacker can't send old "
"data forever to prevent a user from upgrading to a new version, this also "
"helps users identify mirrors which are no longer updated. However, some "
"repositories such as historic archives are not updated any more by design, "
"so this check can be disabled by setting this option to "
"<literal>no</literal>.  Defaults to the value of configuration option "
"<option>Acquire::Check-Valid-Until</option> which itself defaults to "
"<literal>yes</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"<option>Valid-Until-Min</option> (<option>valid-until-min</option>) and "
"<option>Valid-Until-Max</option> (<option>valid-until-max</option>) can be "
"used to raise or lower the time period in seconds in which the data from "
"this repository is considered valid. -Max can be especially useful if the "
"repository provides no Valid-Until field on its Release file to set your own "
"value, while -Min can be used to increase the valid time on seldom updated "
"(local) mirrors of a more frequently updated but less accessible archive "
"(which is in the sources.list as well) instead of disabling the check "
"entirely.  Default to the value of the configuration options "
"<option>Acquire::Min-ValidTime</option> and "
"<option>Acquire::Max-ValidTime</option> which are both unset by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid "URI Specification"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid "The currently recognized URI types are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The file scheme allows an arbitrary directory in the file system to be "
"considered an archive. This is useful for NFS mounts and local mirrors or "
"archives."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The cdrom scheme allows APT to use a local CD-ROM drive with media "
"swapping. Use the &apt-cdrom; program to create cdrom entries in the source "
"list."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The http scheme specifies an HTTP server for the archive. If an environment "
"variable <envar>http_proxy</envar> is set with the format "
"http://server:port/, the proxy server specified in <envar>http_proxy</envar> "
"will be used. Users of authenticated HTTP/1.1 proxies may use a string of "
"the format http://user:pass@server:port/.  Note that this is an insecure "
"method of authentication."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The ftp scheme specifies an FTP server for the archive. APT's FTP behavior "
"is highly configurable; for more information see the &apt-conf; manual "
"page. Please note that an FTP proxy can be specified by using the "
"<envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment variable. It is possible to specify an "
"HTTP proxy (HTTP proxy servers often understand FTP URLs)  using this "
"environment variable and <emphasis>only</emphasis> this environment "
"variable. Proxies using HTTP specified in the configuration file will be "
"ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The copy scheme is identical to the file scheme except that packages are "
"copied into the cache directory instead of used directly at their location.  "
"This is useful for people using removable media to copy files around with "
"APT."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The rsh/ssh method invokes RSH/SSH to connect to a remote host and access "
"the files as a given user. Prior configuration of rhosts or RSA keys is "
"recommended. The standard <command>find</command> and <command>dd</command> "
"commands are used to perform the file transfers from the remote host."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid "adding more recognizable URI types"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"APT can be extended with more methods shipped in other optional packages, "
"which should follow the naming scheme "
"<package>apt-transport-<replaceable>method</replaceable></package>.  For "
"instance, the APT team also maintains the package "
"<package>apt-transport-https</package>, which provides access methods for "
"HTTPS URIs with features similar to the http method.  Methods for using "
"e.g. debtorrent are also available - see &apt-transport-debtorrent;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Uses the archive stored locally (or NFS mounted) at /home/apt/debian for "
"stable/main, stable/contrib, and stable/non-free."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "deb file:/home/apt/debian stable main contrib non-free"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Types: deb\n"
"URIs: file:/home/apt/debian\n"
"Suites: stable\n"
"Components: main contrib non-free"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid "As above, except this uses the unstable (development) distribution."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "deb file:/home/apt/debian unstable main contrib non-free"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Types: deb\n"
"URIs: file:/home/apt/debian\n"
"Suites: unstable\n"
"Components: main contrib non-free"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid "Sources specification for the above."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "deb-src file:/home/apt/debian unstable main contrib non-free"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Types: deb-src\n"
"URIs: file:/home/apt/debian\n"
"Suites: unstable\n"
"Components: main contrib non-free"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"The first line gets package information for the architectures in "
"<literal>APT::Architectures</literal> while the second always retrieves "
"<literal>amd64</literal> and <literal>armel</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://httpredir.debian.org/debian &debian-stable-codename; main\n"
"deb [ arch=amd64,armel ] http://httpredir.debian.org/debian "
"&debian-stable-codename; main"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Types: deb\n"
"URIs: http://httpredir.debian.org/debian\n"
"Suites: &debian-stable-codename;\n"
"Components: main\n"
"\n"
"Types: deb\n"
"URIs: http://httpredir.debian.org/debian\n"
"Suites: &debian-stable-codename;\n"
"Components: main\n"
"Architectures: amd64 armel\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Uses HTTP to access the archive at archive.debian.org, and uses only the "
"hamm/main area."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "deb http://archive.debian.org/debian-archive hamm main"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Types: deb\n"
"URIs: http://archive.debian.org/debian-archive\n"
"Suites: hamm\n"
"Components: main"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Uses FTP to access the archive at ftp.debian.org, under the debian "
"directory, and uses only the &debian-stable-codename;/contrib area."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "deb ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian &debian-stable-codename; contrib"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Types: deb\n"
"URIs: ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian\n"
"Suites: &debian-stable-codename;\n"
"Components: contrib"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Uses FTP to access the archive at ftp.debian.org, under the debian "
"directory, and uses only the unstable/contrib area. If this line appears as "
"well as the one in the previous example in <filename>sources.list</filename> "
"a single FTP session will be used for both resource lines."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "deb ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian unstable contrib"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Types: deb\n"
"URIs: ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian\n"
"Suites: unstable\n"
"Components: contrib"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "deb http://ftp.tlh.debian.org/universe unstable/binary-$(ARCH)/"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Types: deb\n"
"URIs: http://ftp.tlh.debian.org/universe\n"
"Suites: unstable/binary-$(ARCH)/"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Uses HTTP to access the archive at ftp.tlh.debian.org, under the universe "
"directory, and uses only files found under "
"<filename>unstable/binary-i386</filename> on i386 machines, "
"<filename>unstable/binary-amd64</filename> on amd64, and so forth for other "
"supported architectures. [Note this example only illustrates how to use the "
"substitution variable; official debian archives are not structured like "
"this] <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder "
"type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid ""
"Uses HTTP to get binary packages as well as sources from the stable, testing "
"and unstable suites and the components main and contrib."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://httpredir.debian.org/debian stable main contrib\n"
"deb-src http://httpredir.debian.org/debian stable main contrib\n"
"deb http://httpredir.debian.org/debian testing main contrib\n"
"deb-src http://httpredir.debian.org/debian testing main contrib\n"
"deb http://httpredir.debian.org/debian unstable main contrib\n"
"deb-src http://httpredir.debian.org/debian unstable main contrib"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Types: deb deb-src\n"
"URIs: http://httpredir.debian.org/debian\n"
"Suites: stable testing unstable\n"
"Components: main contrib\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: sources.list.5.xml:1
msgid "&apt-get;, &apt-conf;, &apt-acquire-additional-files;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "1"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Utility to extract <command>debconf</command> config and templates from "
"Debian packages"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"<command>apt-extracttemplates</command> will take one or more Debian package "
"files as input and write out (to a temporary directory) all associated "
"config scripts and template files. For each passed in package that contains "
"config scripts and templates, one line of output will be generated in the "
"format:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
msgid "package version template-file config-script"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"template-file and config-script are written to the temporary directory "
"specified by the <option>-t</option> or <option>--tempdir</option> "
"(<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>) directory, with "
"filenames of the form <filename>package.template.XXXXXX</filename> and "
"<filename>package.config.XXXXXX</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Temporary directory in which to write extracted <command>debconf</command> "
"template files and config scripts.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"<command>apt-extracttemplates</command> returns zero on normal operation, "
"decimal 100 on error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
msgid "Utility to sort package index files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"<command>apt-sortpkgs</command> will take an index file (source index or "
"package index) and sort the records so that they are ordered by the package "
"name.  It will also sort the internal fields of each record according to the "
"internal sorting rules."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
msgid "All output is sent to standard output; the input must be a seekable file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Use source index field ordering.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"<command>apt-sortpkgs</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal "
"100 on error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "Utility to generate index files"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> is the command line tool that generates "
"the index files that APT uses to access a distribution source. The index "
"files should be generated on the origin site based on the content of that "
"site."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> is a superset of the &dpkg-scanpackages; "
"program, incorporating its entire functionality via the "
"<literal>packages</literal> command.  It also contains a contents file "
"generator, <literal>contents</literal>, and an elaborate means to 'script' "
"the generation process for a complete archive."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Internally <command>apt-ftparchive</command> can make use of binary "
"databases to cache the contents of a .deb file and it does not rely on any "
"external programs aside from &gzip;. When doing a full generate it "
"automatically performs file-change checks and builds the desired compressed "
"output files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"The packages command generates a package file from a directory tree. It "
"takes the given directory and recursively searches it for .deb files, "
"emitting a package record to stdout for each. This command is approximately "
"equivalent to &dpkg-scanpackages;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "The option <option>--db</option> can be used to specify a binary caching DB."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"The <literal>sources</literal> command generates a source index file from a "
"directory tree.  It takes the given directory and recursively searches it "
"for .dsc files, emitting a source record to stdout for each. This command is "
"approximately equivalent to &dpkg-scansources;."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"If an override file is specified then a source override file will be looked "
"for with an extension of .src. The --source-override option can be used to "
"change the source override file that will be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"The <literal>contents</literal> command generates a contents file from a "
"directory tree. It takes the given directory and recursively searches it for "
".deb files, and reads the file list from each file. It then sorts and writes "
"to stdout the list of files matched to packages. Directories are not written "
"to the output. If multiple packages own the same file then each package is "
"separated by a comma in the output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"The <literal>release</literal> command generates a Release file from a "
"directory tree. It recursively searches the given directory for uncompressed "
"and compressed <filename>Packages</filename>, <filename>Sources</filename>, "
"<filename>Contents</filename>, <filename>Components</filename> and "
"<filename>icons</filename> files as well as <filename>Release</filename>, "
"<filename>Index</filename> and <filename>md5sum.txt</filename> files by "
"default (<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Default-Patterns</literal>).  "
"Additional filename patterns can be added by listing them in "
"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>.  It then writes to "
"stdout a <filename>Release</filename> file containing (by default) an MD5, "
"SHA1, SHA256 and SHA512 digest for each file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Values for the additional metadata fields in the Release file are taken from "
"the corresponding variables under "
"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release</literal>, "
"e.g. <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Origin</literal>. The supported "
"fields are <literal>Origin</literal>, <literal>Label</literal>, "
"<literal>Suite</literal>, <literal>Version</literal>, "
"<literal>Codename</literal>, <literal>Date</literal>, "
"<literal>Valid-Until</literal>, <literal>Signed-By</literal>, "
"<literal>Architectures</literal>, <literal>Components</literal> and "
"<literal>Description</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"The <literal>generate</literal> command is designed to be runnable from a "
"cron script and builds indexes according to the given config file. The "
"config language provides a flexible means of specifying which index files "
"are built from which directories, as well as providing a simple means of "
"maintaining the required settings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"The <literal>clean</literal> command tidies the databases used by the given "
"configuration file by removing any records that are no longer necessary."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "The Generate Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"The <literal>generate</literal> command uses a configuration file to "
"describe the archives that are going to be generated. It follows the typical "
"ISC configuration format as seen in ISC tools like bind 8 and dhcpd.  "
"&apt-conf; contains a description of the syntax. Note that the generate "
"configuration is parsed in sectional manner, but &apt-conf; is parsed in a "
"tree manner. This only effects how the scope tag is handled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "The generate configuration has four separate sections, each described below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "<literal>Dir</literal> Section"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"The <literal>Dir</literal> section defines the standard directories needed "
"to locate the files required during the generation process. These "
"directories are prepended certain relative paths defined in later sections "
"to produce a complete an absolute path."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Specifies the root of the FTP archive, in a standard Debian configuration "
"this is the directory that contains the <filename>ls-LR</filename> and dist "
"nodes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "Specifies the location of the override files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "Specifies the location of the cache files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Specifies the location of the file list files, if the "
"<literal>FileList</literal> setting is used below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "<literal>Default</literal> Section"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"The <literal>Default</literal> section specifies default values, and "
"settings that control the operation of the generator. Other sections may "
"override these defaults with a per-section setting."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Sets the default compression schemes to use for the package index files. It "
"is a string that contains a space separated list of at least one of the "
"compressors configured via the <option>APT::Compressor</option> "
"configuration scope.  The default for all compression schemes is '. gzip'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Sets the default list of file extensions that are package files.  This "
"defaults to '.deb'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"This is similar to <literal>Packages::Compress</literal> except that it "
"controls the compression for the Sources files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Sets the default list of file extensions that are source files.  This "
"defaults to '.dsc'."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"This is similar to <literal>Packages::Compress</literal> except that it "
"controls the compression for the Contents files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"This is similar to <literal>Packages::Compress</literal> except that it "
"controls the compression for the Translation-en master file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Specifies the number of kilobytes to delink (and replace with hard links) "
"per run. This is used in conjunction with the per-section "
"<literal>External-Links</literal> setting."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Specifies the mode of all created index files. It defaults to 0644. All "
"index files are set to this mode with no regard to the umask."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Specifies whether long descriptions should be included in the "
"<filename>Packages</filename> file or split out into a master "
"<filename>Translation-en</filename> file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "<literal>TreeDefault</literal> Section"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Sets defaults specific to <literal>Tree</literal> sections. All of these "
"variables are substitution variables and have the strings $(DIST), "
"$(SECTION) and $(ARCH) replaced with their respective values."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Sets the number of kilobytes of contents files that are generated each "
"day. The contents files are round-robined so that over several days they "
"will all be rebuilt."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Controls the number of days a contents file is allowed to be checked without "
"changing. If this limit is passed the mtime of the contents file is "
"updated. This case can occur if the package file is changed in such a way "
"that does not result in a new contents file [override edit for instance]. A "
"hold off is allowed in hopes that new .debs will be installed, requiring a "
"new file anyhow. The default is 10, the units are in days."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Sets the top of the .deb directory tree. Defaults to "
"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Sets the top of the source package directory tree. Defaults to "
"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Sets the output Packages file. Defaults to "
"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/Packages</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Sets the output Sources file. Defaults to "
"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/Sources</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Sets the output Translation-en master file with the long descriptions if "
"they should be not included in the Packages file. Defaults to "
"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Sets the path prefix that causes a symlink to be considered an internal link "
"instead of an external link. Defaults to "
"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Sets the output Contents file. Defaults to "
"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/Contents-$(ARCH)</filename>. If this setting "
"causes multiple Packages files to map onto a single Contents file (as is the "
"default)  then <command>apt-ftparchive</command> will integrate those "
"package files together automatically."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "Sets header file to prepend to the contents output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Sets the binary cache database to use for this section. Multiple sections "
"can share the same database."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Specifies that instead of walking the directory tree, "
"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> should read the list of files from the "
"given file. Relative files names are prefixed with the archive directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Specifies that instead of walking the directory tree, "
"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> should read the list of files from the "
"given file. Relative files names are prefixed with the archive directory.  "
"This is used when processing source indexes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "<literal>Tree</literal> Section"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"The <literal>Tree</literal> section defines a standard Debian file tree "
"which consists of a base directory, then multiple sections in that base "
"directory and finally multiple Architectures in each section. The exact "
"pathing used is defined by the <literal>Directory</literal> substitution "
"variable."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"The <literal>Tree</literal> section takes a scope tag which sets the "
"<literal>$(DIST)</literal> variable and defines the root of the tree (the "
"path is prefixed by <literal>ArchiveDir</literal>).  Typically this is a "
"setting such as <filename>dists/&debian-stable-codename;</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"All of the settings defined in the <literal>TreeDefault</literal> section "
"can be used in a <literal>Tree</literal> section as well as three new "
"variables."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"for i in Sections do \n"
"   for j in Architectures do\n"
"      Generate for DIST=scope SECTION=i ARCH=j\n"
"     "
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"When processing a <literal>Tree</literal> section "
"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> performs an operation similar to: "
"<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"This is a space separated list of sections which appear under the "
"distribution; typically this is something like <literal>main contrib "
"non-free</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"This is a space separated list of all the architectures that appear under "
"search section. The special architecture 'source' is used to indicate that "
"this tree has a source archive.  The architecture 'all' signals that "
"architecture specific files like <filename>Packages</filename> should not "
"include information about architecture <literal>all</literal> packages in "
"all files as they will be available in a dedicated file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Sets the binary override file. The override file contains section, priority "
"and maintainer address information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Sets the source override file. The override file contains section "
"information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "Sets the binary extra override file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "Sets the source extra override file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "<literal>BinDirectory</literal> Section"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"The <literal>bindirectory</literal> section defines a binary directory tree "
"with no special structure. The scope tag specifies the location of the "
"binary directory and the settings are similar to the <literal>Tree</literal> "
"section with no substitution variables or "
"<literal>Section</literal><literal>Architecture</literal> settings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "Sets the Packages file output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Sets the Sources file output. At least one of <literal>Packages</literal> or "
"<literal>Sources</literal> is required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "Sets the Contents file output (optional)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "Sets the binary override file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "Sets the source override file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "Sets the cache DB."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "Appends a path to all the output paths."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "Specifies the file list file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "The Binary Override File"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"The binary override file is fully compatible with &dpkg-scanpackages;. It "
"contains four fields separated by spaces. The first field is the package "
"name, the second is the priority to force that package to, the third is the "
"section to force that package to and the final field is the maintainer "
"permutation field."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "old [// oldn]* => new"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "new"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"The general form of the maintainer field is: <placeholder "
"type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or simply, <placeholder "
"type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/> The first form allows a double-slash "
"separated list of old email addresses to be specified. If any of those are "
"found then new is substituted for the maintainer field. The second form "
"unconditionally substitutes the maintainer field."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "The Source Override File"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"The source override file is fully compatible with &dpkg-scansources;. It "
"contains two fields separated by spaces. The first field is the source "
"package name, the second is the section to assign it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid "The Extra Override File"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"The extra override file allows any arbitrary tag to be added or replaced in "
"the output. It has three columns, the first is the package, the second is "
"the tag and the remainder of the line is the new value."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Generate the given checksum. These options default to on, when turned off "
"the generated index files will not have the checksum fields where possible.  "
"Configuration Items: "
"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::<replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> and "
"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::<replaceable>Index</replaceable>::<replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> "
"where <literal><replaceable>Index</replaceable></literal> can be "
"<literal>Packages</literal>, <literal>Sources</literal> or "
"<literal>Release</literal> and "
"<literal><replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> can be "
"<literal>MD5</literal>, <literal>SHA1</literal>, <literal>SHA256</literal> "
"or <literal>SHA512</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Use a binary caching DB. This has no effect on the generate command.  "
"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::DB</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Quiet; produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators.  "
"More q's will produce more quiet up to a maximum of 2. You can also use "
"<option>-q=#</option> to set the quiet level, overriding the configuration "
"file.  Configuration Item: <literal>quiet</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Perform Delinking. If the <literal>External-Links</literal> setting is used "
"then this option actually enables delinking of the files. It defaults to on "
"and can be turned off with <option>--no-delink</option>.  Configuration "
"Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::DeLinkAct</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Perform contents generation. When this option is set and package indexes are "
"being generated with a cache DB then the file listing will also be extracted "
"and stored in the DB for later use. When using the generate command this "
"option also allows the creation of any Contents files. The default is on.  "
"Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Contents</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Select the source override file to use with the <literal>sources</literal> "
"command.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Make the caching databases read only.  Configuration Item: "
"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"Accept in the <literal>packages</literal> and <literal>contents</literal> "
"commands only package files matching <literal>*_arch.deb</literal> or "
"<literal>*_all.deb</literal> instead of all package files in the given "
"path.  Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Architecture</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"&apt-ftparchive; caches as much as possible of metadata in a cachedb. If "
"packages are recompiled and/or republished with the same version again, this "
"will lead to problems as the now outdated cached metadata like size and "
"checksums will be used. With this option enabled this will no longer happen "
"as it will be checked if the file was changed.  Note that this option is set "
"to \"<literal>false</literal>\" by default as it is not recommend to upload "
"multiply versions/builds of a package with the same versionnumber, so in "
"theory nobody will have these problems and therefore all these extra checks "
"are useless."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"This configuration option defaults to \"<literal>true</literal>\" and should "
"only be set to <literal>\"false\"</literal> if the Archive generated with "
"&apt-ftparchive; also provides <filename>Translation</filename> files. Note "
"that the <filename>Translation-en</filename> master file can only be created "
"in the generate command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> packages "
"<replaceable>directory</replaceable> | <command>gzip</command> > "
"<filename>Packages.gz</filename>\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"To create a compressed Packages file for a directory containing binary "
"packages (.deb): <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
#: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
msgid ""
"<command>apt-ftparchive</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal "
"100 on error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <book>
#: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
msgid "en"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><title>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid "APT User's Guide"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><personname>
#: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
msgid "Jason Gunthorpe"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><email>
#: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
msgid "jgg@debian.org"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
#: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
msgid "Version &apt-product-version;"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"This document provides an overview of how to use the the APT package "
"manager."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid "<copyright><year>1998</year><holder>Jason Gunthorpe</holder></copyright>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><title>
#: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
msgid "License Notice"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
msgid ""
"\"APT\" and this document are free software; you can redistribute them "
"and/or modify them under the terms of the GNU General Public License as "
"published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, "
"or (at your option) any later version."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
msgid ""
"For more details, on Debian systems, see the file "
"/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL for the full license."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid "General"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"The APT package currently contains two sections, the APT "
"<command>dselect</command> method and the <command>apt-get</command> command "
"line user interface. Both provide a way to install and remove packages as "
"well as download new packages from the Internet."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid "Anatomy of the Package System"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"The Debian packaging system has a large amount of information associated "
"with each package to help assure that it integrates cleanly and easily into "
"the system. The most prominent of its features is the dependency system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"The dependency system allows individual programs to make use of shared "
"elements in the system such as libraries. It simplifies placing infrequently "
"used portions of a program in separate packages to reduce the number of "
"things the average user is required to install. Also, it allows for choices "
"in mail transport agents, X servers and so on."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"The first step to understanding the dependency system is to grasp the "
"concept of a simple dependency. The meaning of a simple dependency is that a "
"package requires another package to be installed at the same time to work "
"properly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"For instance, mailcrypt is an emacs extension that aids in encrypting email "
"with GPG. Without GPGP installed mailcrypt is useless, so mailcrypt has a "
"simple dependency on GPG. Also, because it is an emacs extension it has a "
"simple dependency on emacs, without emacs it is completely useless."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"The other important dependency to understand is a conflicting dependency. It "
"means that a package, when installed with another package, will not work and "
"may possibly be extremely harmful to the system. As an example consider a "
"mail transport agent such as sendmail, exim or qmail. It is not possible to "
"have two mail transport agents installed because both need to listen to the "
"network to receive mail. Attempting to install two will seriously damage the "
"system so all mail transport agents have a conflicting dependency with all "
"other mail transport agents."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"As an added complication there is the possibility for a package to pretend "
"to be another package. Consider that exim and sendmail for many intents are "
"identical, they both deliver mail and understand a common interface. Hence, "
"the package system has a way for them to declare that they are both "
"mail-transport-agents. So, exim and sendmail both declare that they provide "
"a mail-transport-agent and other packages that need a mail transport agent "
"depend on mail-transport-agent. This can add a great deal of confusion when "
"trying to manually fix packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"At any given time a single dependency may be met by packages that are "
"already installed or it may not be. APT attempts to help resolve dependency "
"issues by providing a number of automatic algorithms that help in selecting "
"packages for installation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid "apt-get"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"<command>apt-get</command> provides a simple way to install packages from "
"the command line. Unlike <command>dpkg</command>, <command>apt-get</command> "
"does not understand .deb files, it works with the package's proper name and "
"can only install .deb archives from a <emphasis>Source</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para><footnote><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"If you are using an http proxy server you must set the http_proxy "
"environment variable first, see sources.list(5)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"The first <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> thing that should be "
"done before using <command>apt-get</command> is to fetch the package lists "
"from the <emphasis>Sources</emphasis> so that it knows what packages are "
"available. This is done with <literal>apt-get update</literal>. For "
"instance,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
#: guide.dbk:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# apt-get update\n"
"Get http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian-non-US/ stable/binary-i386/ Packages\n"
"Get http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/contrib Packages\n"
"Reading Package Lists... Done\n"
"Building Dependency Tree... Done\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid "Once updated there are several commands that can be used:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid "upgrade"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"Upgrade will attempt to gently upgrade the whole system. Upgrade will never "
"install a new package or remove an existing package, nor will it ever "
"upgrade a package that might cause some other package to break. This can be "
"used daily to relatively safely upgrade the system. Upgrade will list all of "
"the packages that it could not upgrade, this usually means that they depend "
"on new packages or conflict with some other "
"package. <command>dselect</command> or <literal>apt-get install</literal> "
"can be used to force these packages to install."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid "install"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"Install is used to install packages by name. The package is automatically "
"fetched and installed. This can be useful if you already know the name of "
"the package to install and do not want to go into a GUI to select it. Any "
"number of packages may be passed to install, they will all be "
"fetched. Install automatically attempts to resolve dependency problems with "
"the listed packages and will print a summary and ask for confirmation if "
"anything other than its arguments are changed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid "dist-upgrade"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"Dist-upgrade is a complete upgrader designed to simplify upgrading between "
"releases of Debian. It uses a sophisticated algorithm to determine the best "
"set of packages to install, upgrade and remove to get as much of the system "
"to the newest release. In some situations it may be desired to use "
"dist-upgrade rather than spend the time manually resolving dependencies in "
"<command>dselect</command>. Once dist-upgrade has completed then "
"<command>dselect</command> can be used to install any packages that may have "
"been left out."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"It is important to closely look at what dist-upgrade is going to do, its "
"decisions may sometimes be quite surprising."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"<command>apt-get</command> has several command line options that are "
"detailed in its man page, "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>apt-get</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. "
"The most useful option is <literal>-d</literal> which does not install the "
"fetched files. If the system has to download a large number of package it "
"would be undesired to start installing them in case something goes "
"wrong. When <literal>-d</literal> is used the downloaded archives can be "
"installed by simply running the command that caused them to be downloaded "
"again without <literal>-d</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid "DSelect"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"The APT <command>dselect</command> method provides the complete APT system "
"with the <command>dselect</command> package selection "
"GUI. <command>dselect</command> is used to select the packages to be "
"installed or removed and APT actually installs them."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"To enable the APT method you need to select [A]ccess in "
"<command>dselect</command> and then choose the APT method. You will be "
"prompted for a set of <emphasis>Sources</emphasis> which are places to fetch "
"archives from. These can be remote Internet sites, local Debian mirrors or "
"CD-ROMs. Each source can provide a fragment of the total Debian archive, APT "
"will automatically combine them to form a complete set of packages. If you "
"have a CD-ROM then it is a good idea to specify it first and then specify a "
"mirror so that you have access to the latest bug fixes. APT will "
"automatically use packages on your CD-ROM before downloading from the "
"Internet."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
#: guide.dbk:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"   Set up a list of distribution source locations\n"
"\n"
" Please give the base URL of the debian distribution.\n"
" The access schemes I know about are: http file\n"
"\n"
" For example:\n"
"      file:/mnt/debian,\n"
"      ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian,\n"
"      http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian,\n"
"\n"
"\n"
" URL [http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian]:\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Sources</emphasis> setup starts by asking for the base of the "
"Debian archive, defaulting to a HTTP mirror. Next it asks for the "
"distribution to get."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
#: guide.dbk:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" Please give the distribution tag to get or a path to the\n"
" package file ending in a /. The distribution\n"
" tags are typically something like: stable unstable testing non-US\n"
"\n"
" Distribution [stable]:\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"The distribution refers to the Debian version in the archive, "
"<emphasis>stable</emphasis> refers to the latest released version and "
"<emphasis>unstable</emphasis> refers to the developmental "
"version. <emphasis>non-US</emphasis> is only available on some mirrors and "
"refers to packages that contain encryption technology or other things that "
"cannot be exported from the United States. Importing these packages into the "
"US is legal however."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
#: guide.dbk:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" Please give the components to get\n"
" The components are typically something like: main contrib non-free\n"
"\n"
" Components [main contrib non-free]:\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"The components list refers to the list of sub distributions to fetch. The "
"distribution is split up based on software licenses, main being DFSG free "
"packages while contrib and non-free contain things that have various "
"restrictions placed on their use and distribution."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"Any number of sources can be added, the setup script will continue to prompt "
"until you have specified all that you want."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"Before starting to use <command>dselect</command> it is necessary to update "
"the available list by selecting [U]pdate from the menu. This is a superset "
"of <literal>apt-get update</literal> that makes the fetched information "
"available to <command>dselect</command>. [U]pdate must be performed even if "
"<literal>apt-get update</literal> has been run before."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"You can then go on and make your selections using [S]elect and then perform "
"the installation using [I]nstall. When using the APT method the [C]onfig and "
"[R]emove commands have no meaning, the [I]nstall command performs both of "
"them together."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"By default APT will automatically remove the package (.deb) files once they "
"have been successfully installed. To change this behavior place "
"<literal>Dselect::clean \"prompt\";</literal> in /etc/apt/apt.conf."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid "The Interface"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para><footnote><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"The <command>dselect</command> method actually is a set of wrapper scripts "
"to <command>apt-get</command>. The method actually provides more "
"functionality than is present in <command>apt-get</command> alone."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"Both that APT <command>dselect</command> method and "
"<command>apt-get</command> share the same interface. It is a simple system "
"that generally tells you what it will do and then goes and does "
"it. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> After printing out a summary "
"of what will happen APT then will print out some informative status messages "
"so that you can estimate how far along it is and how much is left to do."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid "Startup"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"Before all operations except update, APT performs a number of actions to "
"prepare its internal state. It also does some checks of the system's "
"state. At any time these operations can be performed by running "
"<literal>apt-get check</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
#: guide.dbk:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# apt-get check\n"
"Reading Package Lists... Done\n"
"Building Dependency Tree... Done\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"The first thing it does is read all the package files into memory. APT uses "
"a caching scheme so this operation will be faster the second time it is "
"run. If some of the package files are not found then they will be ignored "
"and a warning will be printed when apt-get exits."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"The final operation performs a detailed analysis of the system's "
"dependencies. It checks every dependency of every installed or unpacked "
"package and considers if it is OK. Should this find a problem then a report "
"will be printed out and <command>apt-get</command> will refuse to run."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
#: guide.dbk:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# apt-get check\n"
"Reading Package Lists... Done\n"
"Building Dependency Tree... Done\n"
"You might want to run apt-get -f install' to correct these.\n"
"Sorry, but the following packages have unmet dependencies:\n"
"  9fonts: Depends: xlib6g but it is not installed\n"
"  uucp: Depends: mailx but it is not installed\n"
"  blast: Depends: xlib6g (&gt;= 3.3-5) but it is not installed\n"
"  adduser: Depends: perl-base but it is not installed\n"
"  aumix: Depends: libgpmg1 but it is not installed\n"
"  debiandoc-sgml: Depends: sgml-base but it is not installed\n"
"  bash-builtins: Depends: bash (&gt;= 2.01) but 2.0-3 is installed\n"
"  cthugha: Depends: svgalibg1 but it is not installed\n"
"           Depends: xlib6g (&gt;= 3.3-5) but it is not installed\n"
"  libreadlineg2: Conflicts:libreadline2 (&lt;&lt; 2.1-2.1)\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"In this example the system has many problems, including a serious problem "
"with libreadlineg2. For each package that has unmet dependencies a line is "
"printed out indicating the package with the problem and the dependencies "
"that are unmet. A short explanation of why the package has a dependency "
"problem is also included."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para><footnote><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"APT however considers all known dependencies and attempts to prevent broken "
"packages"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"There are two ways a system can get into a broken state like this. The first "
"is caused by <command>dpkg</command> missing some subtle relationships "
"between packages when performing upgrades. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
"id=\"0\"/>. The second is if a package installation fails during an "
"operation. In this situation a package may have been unpacked without its "
"dependents being installed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"The second situation is much less serious than the first because APT places "
"certain constraints on the order that packages are installed. In both cases "
"supplying the <literal>-f</literal> option to <command>apt-get</command> "
"will cause APT to deduce a possible solution to the problem and then "
"continue on. The APT <command>dselect</command> method always supplies the "
"<literal>-f</literal> option to allow for easy continuation of failed "
"maintainer scripts."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"However, if the <literal>-f</literal> option is used to correct a seriously "
"broken system caused by the first case then it is possible that it will "
"either fail immediately or the installation sequence will fail. In either "
"case it is necessary to manually use dpkg (possibly with forcing options) to "
"correct the situation enough to allow APT to proceed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid "The Status Report"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"Before proceeding <command>apt-get</command> will present a report on what "
"will happen. Generally the report reflects the type of operation being "
"performed but there are several common elements. In all cases the lists "
"reflect the final state of things, taking into account the "
"<literal>-f</literal> option and any other relevant activities to the "
"command being executed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid "The Extra Package list"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
#: guide.dbk:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"The following extra packages will be installed:\n"
"  libdbd-mysql-perl xlib6 zlib1 xzx libreadline2 libdbd-msql-perl\n"
"  mailpgp xdpkg fileutils pinepgp zlib1g xlib6g perl-base\n"
"  bin86 libgdbm1 libgdbmg1 quake-lib gmp2 bcc xbuffy\n"
"  squake pgp-i python-base debmake ldso perl libreadlineg2\n"
"  ssh\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"The Extra Package list shows all of the packages that will be installed or "
"upgraded in excess of the ones mentioned on the command line. It is only "
"generated for an <literal>install</literal> command. The listed packages are "
"often the result of an Auto Install."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid "The Packages to Remove"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
#: guide.dbk:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"The following packages will be REMOVED:\n"
"  xlib6-dev xpat2 tk40-dev xkeycaps xbattle xonix\n"
"  xdaliclock tk40 tk41 xforms0.86 ghostview xloadimage xcolorsel\n"
"  xadmin xboard perl-debug tkined xtetris libreadline2-dev perl-suid\n"
"  nas xpilot xfig\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"The Packages to Remove list shows all of the packages that will be removed "
"from the system. It can be shown for any of the operations and should be "
"given a careful inspection to ensure nothing important is to be taken "
"off. The <literal>-f</literal> option is especially good at generating "
"packages to remove so extreme care should be used in that case. The list may "
"contain packages that are going to be removed because they are only "
"partially installed, possibly due to an aborted installation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid "The New Packages list"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
#: guide.dbk:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"The following NEW packages will installed:\n"
"  zlib1g xlib6g perl-base libgdbmg1 quake-lib gmp2 pgp-i python-base\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"The New Packages list is simply a reminder of what will happen. The packages "
"listed are not presently installed in the system but will be when APT is "
"done."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid "The Kept Back list"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
#: guide.dbk:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"The following packages have been kept back\n"
"  compface man-db tetex-base msql libpaper svgalib1\n"
"  gs snmp arena lynx xpat2 groff xscreensaver\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"Whenever the whole system is being upgraded there is the possibility that "
"new versions of packages cannot be installed because they require new things "
"or conflict with already installed things. In this case the package will "
"appear in the Kept Back list. The best way to convince packages listed there "
"to install is with <literal>apt-get install</literal> or by using "
"<command>dselect</command> to resolve their problems."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid "Held Packages warning"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
#: guide.dbk:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"The following held packages will be changed:\n"
"  cvs\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"Sometimes you can ask APT to install a package that is on hold, in such a "
"case it prints out a warning that the held package is going to be "
"changed. This should only happen during dist-upgrade or install."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid "Final summary"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid "Finally, APT will print out a summary of all the changes that will occur."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
#: guide.dbk:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"206 packages upgraded, 8 newly installed, 23 to remove and 51 not "
"upgraded.\n"
"12 packages not fully installed or removed.\n"
"Need to get 65.7M/66.7M of archives. After unpacking 26.5M will be used.\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"The first line of the summary simply is a reduced version of all of the "
"lists and includes the number of upgrades - that is packages already "
"installed that have new versions available. The second line indicates the "
"number of poorly configured packages, possibly the result of an aborted "
"installation. The final line shows the space requirements that the "
"installation needs. The first pair of numbers refer to the size of the "
"archive files. The first number indicates the number of bytes that must be "
"fetched from remote locations and the second indicates the total size of all "
"the archives required. The next number indicates the size difference between "
"the presently installed packages and the newly installed packages. It is "
"roughly equivalent to the space required in /usr after everything is "
"done. If a large number of packages are being removed then the value may "
"indicate the amount of space that will be freed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"Some other reports can be generated by using the -u option to show packages "
"to upgrade, they are similar to the previous examples."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid "The Status Display"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"During the download of archives and package files APT prints out a series of "
"status messages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
#: guide.dbk:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# apt-get update\n"
"Get:1 http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian-non-US/ stable/non-US/ Packages\n"
"Get:2 http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/contrib Packages\n"
"Hit http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/main Packages\n"
"Get:4 http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian-non-US/ unstable/binary-i386/ "
"Packages\n"
"Get:5 http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/non-free Packages\n"
"11% [5 testing/non-free `Waiting for file' 0/32.1k 0%] 2203b/s 1m52s\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"The lines starting with <emphasis>Get</emphasis> are printed out when APT "
"begins to fetch a file while the last line indicates the progress of the "
"download. The first percent value on the progress line indicates the total "
"percent done of all files. Unfortunately since the size of the Package files "
"is unknown <literal>apt-get update</literal> estimates the percent done "
"which causes some inaccuracies."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"The next section of the status line is repeated once for each download "
"thread and indicates the operation being performed and some useful "
"information about what is happening. Sometimes this section will simply read "
"<emphasis>Forking</emphasis> which means the OS is loading the download "
"module. The first word after the [ is the fetch number as shown on the "
"history lines. The next word is the short form name of the object being "
"downloaded. For archives it will contain the name of the package that is "
"being fetched."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"Inside of the single quote is an informative string indicating the progress "
"of the negotiation phase of the download. Typically it progresses from "
"<emphasis>Connecting</emphasis> to <emphasis>Waiting for file</emphasis> to "
"<emphasis>Downloading</emphasis> or <emphasis>Resuming</emphasis>. The final "
"value is the number of bytes downloaded from the remote site. Once the "
"download begins this is represented as <literal>102/10.2k</literal> "
"indicating that 102 bytes have been fetched and 10.2 kilobytes is "
"expected. The total size is always shown in 4 figure notation to preserve "
"space. After the size display is a percent meter for the file itself. The "
"second last element is the instantaneous average speed. This values is "
"updated every 5 seconds and reflects the rate of data transfer for that "
"period. Finally is shown the estimated transfer time. This is updated "
"regularly and reflects the time to complete everything at the shown transfer "
"rate."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"The status display updates every half second to provide a constant feedback "
"on the download progress while the Get lines scroll back whenever a new file "
"is started. Since the status display is constantly updated it is unsuitable "
"for logging to a file, use the <literal>-q</literal> option to remove the "
"status display."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid "Dpkg"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: guide.dbk:1
msgid ""
"APT uses <command>dpkg</command> for installing the archives and will switch "
"over to the <command>dpkg</command> interface once downloading is "
"completed. <command>dpkg</command> will also ask a number of questions as it "
"processes the packages and the packages themselves may also ask several "
"questions. Before each question there is usually a description of what it is "
"asking and the questions are too varied to discuss completely here."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><title>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid "Using APT Offline"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid ""
"This document describes how to use APT in a non-networked environment, "
"specifically a 'sneaker-net' approach for performing upgrades."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid "<copyright><year>1999</year><holder>Jason Gunthorpe</holder></copyright>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
#: offline.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid ""
"Normally APT requires direct access to a Debian archive, either from a local "
"media or through a network. Another common complaint is that a Debian "
"machine is on a slow link, such as a modem and another machine has a very "
"fast connection but they are physically distant."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid ""
"The solution to this is to use large removable media such as a Zip disc or a "
"SuperDisk disc. These discs are not large enough to store the entire Debian "
"archive but can easily fit a subset large enough for most users. The idea is "
"to use APT to generate a list of packages that are required and then fetch "
"them onto the disc using another machine with good connectivity. It is even "
"possible to use another Debian machine with APT or to use a completely "
"different OS and a download tool like wget. Let <emphasis>remote "
"host</emphasis> mean the machine downloading the packages, and "
"<emphasis>target host</emphasis> the one with bad or no connection."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid ""
"This is achieved by creatively manipulating the APT configuration file. The "
"essential premise to tell APT to look on a disc for it's archive files. Note "
"that the disc should be formatted with a filesystem that can handle long "
"file names such as ext2, fat32 or vfat."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid "Using APT on both machines"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid ""
"APT being available on both machines gives the simplest configuration. The "
"basic idea is to place a copy of the status file on the disc and use the "
"remote machine to fetch the latest package files and decide which packages "
"to download. The disk directory structure should look like:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
#: offline.dbk:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  /disc/\n"
"    archives/\n"
"       partial/\n"
"    lists/\n"
"       partial/\n"
"    status\n"
"    sources.list\n"
"    apt.conf\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid "The configuration file"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid ""
"The configuration file should tell APT to store its files on the disc and to "
"use the configuration files on the disc as well. The sources.list should "
"contain the proper sites that you wish to use from the remote machine, and "
"the status file should be a copy of "
"<emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/status</emphasis> from the <emphasis>target "
"host</emphasis>. Please note, if you are using a local archive you must use "
"copy URIs, the syntax is identical to file URIs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid ""
"<emphasis>apt.conf</emphasis> must contain the necessary information to make "
"APT use the disc:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
#: offline.dbk:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" APT\n"
" {\n"
"   /* This is not necessary if the two machines are the same arch, it "
"tells\n"
"      the remote APT what architecture the target machine is */\n"
"   Architecture \"i386\";\n"
"\n"
"   Get::Download-Only \"true\";\n"
" };\n"
"\n"
" Dir\n"
" {\n"
"   /* Use the disc for state information and redirect the status file from\n"
"      the /var/lib/dpkg default */\n"
"   State \"/disc/\";\n"
"   State::status \"status\";\n"
"\n"
"   // Binary caches will be stored locally\n"
"   Cache::archives \"/disc/archives/\";\n"
"   Cache \"/tmp/\";\n"
"\n"
"   // Location of the source list.\n"
"   Etc \"/disc/\";\n"
" };\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid ""
"More details can be seen by examining the apt.conf man page and the sample "
"configuration file in "
"<emphasis>/usr/share/doc/apt/examples/apt.conf</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid ""
"On the target machine the first thing to do is mount the disc and copy "
"<emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/status</emphasis> to it. You will also need to "
"create the directories outlined in the Overview, "
"<emphasis>archives/partial/</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>lists/partial/</emphasis>. Then take the disc to the remote "
"machine and configure the sources.list. On the remote machine execute the "
"following:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
#: offline.dbk:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" # export APT_CONFIG=\"/disc/apt.conf\"\n"
" # apt-get update\n"
" [ APT fetches the package files ]\n"
" # apt-get dist-upgrade\n"
" [ APT fetches all the packages needed to upgrade the target machine ]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid ""
"The dist-upgrade command can be replaced with any other standard APT "
"commands, particularly dselect-upgrade. You can even use an APT front end "
"such as <emphasis>dselect</emphasis>. However this presents a problem in "
"communicating your selections back to the local computer."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid ""
"Now the disc contains all of the index files and archives needed to upgrade "
"the target machine. Take the disc back and run:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
#: offline.dbk:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  # export APT_CONFIG=\"/disc/apt.conf\"\n"
"  # apt-get check\n"
"  [ APT generates a local copy of the cache files ]\n"
"  # apt-get --no-d -o dir::state::status=/var/lib/dpkg/status dist-upgrade\n"
"  [ Or any other APT command ]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid ""
"It is necessary for proper function to re-specify the status file to be the "
"local one. This is very important!"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid ""
"If you are using dselect you can do the very risky operation of copying "
"disc/status to /var/lib/dpkg/status so that any selections you made on the "
"remote machine are updated. I highly recommend that people only make "
"selections on the local machine - but this may not always be possible. DO "
"NOT copy the status file if dpkg or APT have been run in the mean time!!"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid "Using APT and wget"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid ""
"<emphasis>wget</emphasis> is a popular and portable download tool that can "
"run on nearly any machine. Unlike the method above this requires that the "
"Debian machine already has a list of available packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid ""
"The basic idea is to create a disc that has only the archive files "
"downloaded from the remote site. This is done by using the --print-uris "
"option to apt-get and then preparing a wget script to actually fetch the "
"packages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid "Operation"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid ""
"Unlike the previous technique no special configuration files are "
"required. We merely use the standard APT commands to generate the file list."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
#: offline.dbk:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" # apt-get dist-upgrade\n"
" [ Press no when prompted, make sure you are happy with the actions ]\n"
" # apt-get -qq --print-uris dist-upgrade &gt; uris\n"
" # awk '{print \"wget -O \" $2 \" \" $1}' &lt; uris &gt; /disc/wget-script\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid ""
"Any command other than dist-upgrade could be used here, including "
"dselect-upgrade."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid ""
"The /disc/wget-script file will now contain a list of wget commands to "
"execute in order to fetch the necessary archives. This script should be run "
"with the current directory as the disc's mount point so as to save the "
"output on the disc."
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid "The remote machine would do something like"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
#: offline.dbk:1
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  # cd /disc\n"
"  # sh -x ./wget-script\n"
"  [ wait.. ]\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid ""
"Once the archives are downloaded and the disc returned to the Debian machine "
"installation can proceed using,"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
#: offline.dbk:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "  # apt-get -o dir::cache::archives=\"/disc/\" dist-upgrade\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
#: offline.dbk:1
msgid "Which will use the already fetched archives on the disc."
msgstr ""